10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K

þANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year endedJanuary 31, 2015

OR

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from to

Commission file number: 001-35600

Five Below, Inc.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Pennsylvania		75-3000378
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)		(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)
1818 Market Street Suite 2000 Philadelphia, PA 19103 (Address of Principal Executive Office)		19103 (Zip Code)
	(215) 546-7909 (Registrant's Telephone Number, Including Area Code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:
Title of each class		Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share		The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act:
Title of each class		Name of each exchange on which registered
Not applicable		Not applicable

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the securities act. Yes þ No ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ¨ No þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes þ No ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large Accelerated Filer þAccelerated Filer    ¨Non-Accelerated Filer        ¨Smaller Reporting Company    ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ¨No þ

As of August 1, 2014, the last business day of the registrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of common stock (based upon the last reported sales price on The NASDAQ Global Select Market) held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $1,657,136,309.

The number of shares of the registrant’s common stock, $0.01 par value, outstanding as of March 25, 2015 was 54,421,296.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant's Proxy Statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on June 18, 2015 (hereinafter referred to as the “Proxy Statement”) are incorporated by reference into Part III of this report.

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K, or Annual Report, contains forward-looking statements pursuant to the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements relate to expectations, beliefs, projections, future plans and strategies, anticipated events or trends and similar expressions concerning matters that are not historical facts or present facts or conditions, such as statements regarding our future financial condition or results of operations, our prospects and strategies for future growth, the introduction of new merchandise, and the implementation of our marketing and branding strategies. In many cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology.

The forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report reflect our views as of the date of this report about future events and are subject to risks, uncertainties, assumptions and changes in circumstances that may cause events or our actual activities or results to differ significantly from those expressed in any forward-looking statement. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future events, results, actions, levels of activity, performance or achievements. A number of important factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those indicated by the forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to, those factors described below, in Part I, Item 1A “Risk Factors,” and in Part II, Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” These factors include without limitation:

•failure to successfully implement our growth strategy;

•disruptions in our ability to select, obtain, distribute and market merchandise profitably;

•increased competition from online retailers due to our lack of online sales;

• extreme weather conditions in the areas in which our stores are located could negatively affect our business and results of operations;

•inability to successfully expand our distribution network capacity;

•disruptions to our distribution network or the timely receipt of inventory;

• failure to secure customers’ confidential or credit card information, or other private data relating to our employees or our company;

•inability to attract and retain qualified employees;

•inability to increase sales and improve the efficiencies, costs and effectiveness of our operations;

• dependence on our executive officers and other key personnel or inability to hire additional qualified personnel;

•inability to successfully manage our inventory balances and inventory shrinkage;

•our lease obligations;

• changes in our competitive environment, including increased competition from other retailers and the presence of online retailers;

•increasing costs due to inflation, increased operating costs or energy prices;

•the seasonality of our business;

•disruptions to our information technology systems in the ordinary course or as a result of system upgrades;

•failure to maintain adequate internal controls;

•complications with the design or implementation of the new enterprise resource system;

•natural disasters, unusual weather conditions, pandemic outbreaks, global political events, war and terrorism;

•current economic conditions and other economic factors;

•the impact of governmental laws and regulations;

•the costs and consequences of legal proceedings;

•inability to protect our brand name, trademarks and other intellectual property rights;

•the impact of product and food safety claims and effects of legislation;

•increased costs as a result of being a public company;

•inability to obtain additional financing, if needed; and

•restrictions imposed by our indebtedness on our current and future operations.

Readers are urged to consider these factors carefully in evaluating the forward-looking statements and are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. All of the forward-looking statements we have included in this Annual Report are based on information available to us on the date of this report. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as otherwise required by law.

INDEX
PART I	Page
ITEM 1. BUSINESS	4
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS	13
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS	23
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES	24
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS	24
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES	24
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES	25
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA	27
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS	29
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK	43
ITEM 8. CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA	44
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE	64
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES	64
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION	66
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE	67
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION	67
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS	67
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE	67
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES	67
PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SCHEDULES	67
SIGNATURES	72

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

General

Five Below, Inc. was incorporated in Pennsylvania in January 2002. Our principal executive office is located at 1818 Market Street, Suite 2000, Philadelphia, PA 19103 and our telephone number is (215) 546-7909. Our corporate website address is www.fivebelow.com. The information contained on, or accessible through, our corporate website does not constitute part of this Annual Report. As used herein, “Five Below,” the “Company,” “we,” “us,” “our” or “our business” refers to Five Below, Inc. (collectively with its wholly owned subsidiary), except as expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires.

We purchase products in reaction to existing marketplace trends and, hence, refer to our products as “trend-right.” We use the term “dynamic” merchandise to refer to the broad range and frequently changing nature of the products we display in our stores. We use the term “power” shopping center to refer to an unenclosed shopping center with 250,000 to 750,000 square feet of gross leasable area that contains three or more “big box” retailers (large retailers with floor space over 50,000 square feet) and various smaller retailers with a common parking area shared by the retailers. We use the term “lifestyle” shopping center to refer to a shopping center or commercial development that is often located in suburban areas and combines the traditional retail functions of a shopping mall with leisure amenities oriented towards upscale consumers. We use the term “community” shopping center to refer to a shopping area designed to serve a trade area of 40,000 to 150,000 people where the lead tenant is a variety discount, junior department store and/or supermarket. We use the term “trade area” to refer to the geographic area from which the majority of a given retailer's customers come from. Trade areas vary by market based on geographic size, population density, demographics and proximity to alternative shopping opportunities.

We operate on a fiscal calendar widely used by the retail industry that results in a given fiscal year consisting of a 52- or 53-week period ending on the Saturday closest to January 31 of the following year. References to “fiscal year 2015” or “fiscal 2015” refer to the period from February 1, 2015 to January 30, 2016, which consists of a 52-week fiscal year. References to “fiscal year 2014” or “fiscal 2014” refer to the period from February 2, 2014 to January 31, 2015, which consists of a 52-week fiscal year.References to “fiscal year 2013” or “fiscal 2013” refer to the period from February 3, 2013 to February 1, 2014, which consists of a 52-week fiscal year. References to “fiscal year 2012” or “fiscal 2012” refer to the period from January 29, 2012 to February 2, 2013, which consists of a 53-week fiscal year. References to 2015, 2014, 2013, and 2012 are to our fiscal years unless otherwise specified.

Our Company

Five Below is a rapidly growing specialty value retailer offering a broad range of trend-right, high-quality merchandise targeted at the teen and pre-teen customer. We offer a dynamic, edited assortment of exciting products, all priced at $5 and below, including select brands and licensed merchandise across a number of our category worlds: Style, Room, Sports, Tech, Crafts, Party, Candy and Now. We believe we are transforming the shopping experience of our target demographic with a unique merchandising strategy and high-energy retail concept that our customers consider fun and exciting. Based on management’s experience and industry knowledge, we believe our compelling value proposition and the dynamic nature of our merchandise offering have fostered universal appeal to teens and pre-teens, as well as customers across a variety of age groups beyond our target demographic.

We opened the first Five Below store in the greater Philadelphia area in 2002 and, since then, have been expanding across the Northeast, South and Midwest regions of the United States of America. As of January 31, 2015, we operated a total of 366 locations across 21 states. Our new store model assumes a store size of approximately 7,500 square feet and is typically located within power, community and lifestyle shopping centers across a variety of urban, suburban and semi-rural markets. We opened 62 new stores in fiscal 2014 and plan to open approximately 70 new stores in fiscal 2015. We believe that we have the opportunity to grow our store base to more than 2,000 locations over time.

We believe that our business model has resulted in strong financial performance irrespective of the economic environment:

• We have achieved positive comparable store sales during each of the last 35 fiscal quarters.

• Our comparable store sales increased by 3.4% in fiscal 2014, 4.0% in fiscal 2013, and 7.1% in fiscal 2012.

• We expanded our store base from 244 stores at the end of fiscal year 2012 to 366 stores at the end of fiscal year 2014, representing a compounded annual growth rate of 22.5%.

• Between fiscal 2012 and 2014, our net sales increased from $418.8 million to $680.2 million, representing a compounded annual growth rate of 27.4%. Over the same period, our operating income increased from $37.7 million to $77.0 million, representing a compounded annual growth rate of 43.0%.

4

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the following strengths differentiate Five Below from competitors and are the key drivers of our success:

• Unique Focus on the Teen and Pre-Teen Customer.    We target an attractive customer segment of teens and pre-teens with trend-right merchandise at differentiated price points of $5 and below. We have built our concept to appeal to this customer base, which we believe to be economically influential and resilient based on our industry knowledge and experience, as well as their parents and others who shop for them. Our brand concept, merchandising strategy and store ambience work in concert to create an upbeat and vibrant retail experience that is designed to appeal to our target audience, drive traffic to our stores and keep our customers engaged throughout their visits. We monitor trends in the ever-changing teen and pre-teen markets and are able to quickly identify and respond to trends that become mainstream. Our price points enable teens and pre-teens to shop independently, often using their own money to make frequent purchases of items geared primarily to them and to exercise self-expression through their independent retail purchases.

• Broad Assortment of Trend-Right, High-Quality Merchandise with Universal Appeal.    We deliver an edited assortment of trend-right as well as everyday products within each of our category worlds that changes frequently to create a sense of anticipation and freshness, which we believe provides excitement for our customers. We have a broad range of vendors, most of which are domestically-based, which enables us to shorten response lead times, maximizes our speed to market and equips us to make more informed buying decisions. Our unique approach encourages frequent customer visits and limits the cyclical fluctuations experienced by many other specialty retailers. The breadth, depth and quality of our product mix and the diversity of our category worlds attract shoppers across a broad range of age and socio-economic demographics.

• Exceptional Value Proposition for Customers.    We believe we offer a clear value proposition to our customers. Our price points of $5 and below resonate with our target demographic and with other value-oriented customers. We are able to deliver on this value proposition through sourcing products in a manner that is designed to achieve low cost, fast response and high item velocity and sell-through. We maintain a dynamic and collaborative relationship with our vendor partners that provide us with favorable access to quality merchandise at attractive prices. We also employ an opportunistic buying strategy, capitalizing on select excess inventory opportunities with our vendors. This unique and flexible sourcing strategy allows us to offer high-quality products at exceptional value across all of our category worlds.

• Differentiated Shopping Experience.    We believe we have created a unique and engaging in-store atmosphere that customers find fun and exciting. While we refresh our products frequently, we maintain a consistent floor layout, designed with an easy-to-navigate racetrack flow and featuring sight-lines across the entire store enabling customers to easily identify our category worlds. All of our stores feature a sound system playing trend-right music throughout the shopping day. We employ novel and dynamic techniques to display our products, including distinctive merchandise fixtures and colorful and stimulating signage. This approach makes our stores a destination, encouraging hands-on interaction with our products and conveying our value pricing. We have developed a unique culture that emanates from our employees, many of whom frequently shop at Five Below, to our customers, thereby driving a higher level of connectivity and engagement. Additionally, we believe our price points of $5 and below, coupled with our dynamic merchandising approach, create an element of discovery, driving repeat visits and customer engagement.

• Powerful and Consistent Store Economics.    We have a proven store model that generates strong cash flow, consistent store-level financial results and a high level return on investment. Our stores have been successful in varying geographic regions, population densities and real estate settings and our new stores have achieved average payback periods of less than one year. We believe our robust store model, reinforced by our rigorous site selection process and in-store execution, drives the strength and consistency of our comparable store sales financial results across all geographic regions and store-year classes.

5

• Highly Experienced and Passionate Senior Management Team with Proven Track Record.    Since our inception, our co-founders, David Schlessinger and Thomas Vellios, who have approximately 70 combined years of retail experience, have set the vision and strategic direction for Five Below. Messrs. Schlessinger and Vellios have assembled a talented senior management team averaging 26 years of retail experience across a broad range of disciplines, including merchandising, real estate, finance, store operations, supply chain management and information technology. In July 2014, Joel Anderson joined the senior management team. Mr. Anderson brings more than 20 years of experience in the retail sector, most recently as President and CEO of Walmart.com. He oversaw all aspects of the business including merchandising, marketing, operations and overall site experience. In December 2014, Mr. Anderson was appointed as Chief Executive Officer and Mr. Vellios was appointed as Executive Chairman, both effective February 1, 2015. Mr. Schlessinger continues to serve on the board of directors as Chairman Emeritus. Our management team drives our operating philosophy, which is based on a relentless focus on providing high-quality merchandise at exceptional value and a superior shopping experience utilizing a disciplined, low-cost operating and sourcing structure. We believe our management team is integral to our success and has positioned us well for long-term growth.

Growth Strategy

We believe we can grow our net sales and earnings by executing on the following strategies:

• Grow Our Store Base.    We believe there is significant opportunity to expand our store base in the United States from 366 locations as of January 31, 2015 to more than 2,000 locations within the United States over time. Based upon our strategy of store densification in existing markets and expanding into adjacent states and markets, we expect most of our near-term growth will occur within our existing markets, as well as contiguous new markets. This strategy allows us to benefit from enhanced brand awareness and achieve operational efficiencies. We opened 60 net new stores in fiscal 2013, 62 new stores in fiscal 2014, and plan to open approximately 70 new stores in fiscal 2015. Our new store model assumes approximately 7,500 square feet and is primarily in-line locations within power, community and lifestyle shopping centers across a variety of urban, suburban and semi-rural markets. We have a talented and disciplined real estate management team and a rigorous real estate site selection process. We analyze the demographics of the surrounding trade areas and the performance of adjacent retailers, as well as traffic and specific site characteristics and other variables. As of January 31, 2015, we have executed lease agreements for the opening of 52 new stores in fiscal 2015.

• Drive Comparable Store Sales.    We expect to continue generating positive comparable store sales growth by continuing to hone and refine our dynamic merchandising offering and differentiated in-store shopping experience. We intend to increase our brand awareness through cost-effective marketing efforts and enthusiastic customer engagement. We believe that executing on these strategies will increase the size and frequency of purchases by our existing customers and attract new customers to our stores.

• Increase Brand Awareness.    We have a cost-effective marketing strategy designed to drive store traffic and promote brand awareness. Our strategy includes the use of newspaper circulars and grassroots marketing to support existing and new market entries. We leverage our growing e-mail database, new mobile website and social media presence to drive brand excitement and increased store visits within existing and new markets. We believe that our digital experience is an extension of our brand and retail stores, serving as a marketing and customer engagement tool for us. Our digital experience allows us to continue to build brand awareness and expand our customer base.

• Enhance Operating Margins.    We believe we have further opportunities to drive margin improvement over time. A primary driver of our expected margin expansion will come from leveraging our cost structure as we continue to increase our store base and drive our average net sales per store. We intend to capitalize on opportunities across our supply chain as we grow our business and achieve further economies of scale.

6

Our History

Five Below, Inc. was founded in 2002 by David Schlessinger and Thomas Vellios, who recognized a market need for a fun and affordable shopping destination aimed at our target customer. In July 2014, Joel Anderson joined the Five Below senior management team. In December 2014, Joel Anderson was appointed as Chief Executive Officer and Thomas Vellios was appointed as Executive Chairman, both effective February 1, 2015. David Schlessinger continues to serve on the board of directors as Chairman Emeritus.

The Company was incorporated in Pennsylvania in January 2002 under the name of Cheap Holdings, Inc. We changed our name to Five Below, Inc. in August 2002. In October 2010, Advent International Corporation ("Advent") acquired a majority interest in Five Below (the "2010 Transaction"), with the goal of supporting the management team in accelerating our growth. As of January 31, 2015, Advent no longer owns any outstanding common stock.

On July 24, 2012, we completed our initial public offering (the "IPO"), of 11,057,692 shares of common stock at a price of $17.00 per share. Our common stock is listed on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “FIVE.” Of the shares sold in the IPO, 4,807,692 shares were sold by the Company and 6,250,000 shares were sold by selling shareholders. In February, July and September 2013, certain of our shareholders sold 13,012,250, 6,900,000 and 7,100,000 shares of common stock, respectively, in separate secondary public offerings.

On June 12, 2013, we completed an internal business restructuring pursuant to which we formed Five Below Merchandising, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary (the “Subsidiary”), and transferred to the Subsidiary assets, operations and employees related to our merchandising operations (the “Restructuring”). Following the Restructuring, the Subsidiary purchases and sells to us certain goods for sale at our retail locations, and we provide to the Subsidiary back office support, office space and other services, in each case, pursuant to agreements between us and the Subsidiary.

Our Market Opportunity

As a result of our unique merchandise offering and value proposition, we believe we have effectively tapped the teen and pre-teen markets. According to the U.S. Census Bureau, there were over 63 million people in the United States between the ages of 5 and 19, which represented over 20% of the U.S. population as of April 1, 2010. Based on management’s experience and industry knowledge, we believe that this segment of the population has a significant amount of disposable income as the vast majority of this age group’s basic needs are already met.

Our Merchandise

Strategy

We offer a dynamic, edited assortment of trend-right, high-quality products, all priced at $5 or below, including select brands and licensed merchandise, targeted at the teen and pre-teen customer. We believe we are transforming the shopping experience of our target demographic with a unique merchandising strategy and high-energy retail concept that our customers consider fun and exciting. Based on management’s experience and industry knowledge, we believe our compelling value proposition and the dynamic nature of our merchandise offering has fostered universal appeal to customers across a variety of age groups beyond our target demographic.

Our typical store features in excess of 4,000 stock-keeping units, or SKUs, across a number of our category worlds including Style, Room, Sports, Tech, Crafts, Party, Candy and Now. We focus our merchandising strategy on maintaining core categories within our stores, but aim to generate high item velocity and sell-through to keep our assortment fresh and drive repeat visits. We monitor trends in our target demographic market, historical sales trends of current and prior products and the success of new product launches to ensure that our merchandise is relevant for our customers. We have a highly planned merchandise strategy focused on trend-right and everyday products supplemented by selected opportunistic purchases from our vendors to drive traffic and therefore offer our customers a consistently exciting shopping experience.

We believe we offer a compelling value proposition to our customers across all of our core product categories. The common element of our dynamic merchandise selection is the consistent delivery of exceptional value to the consumer, with all products offered at or below the $5 price point. Pricing all items at $5 or below enables us to provide an extensive range of exciting products, while maintaining the attraction of a value retailer. Many of the products we sell can also be found in mall specialty stores, department stores, mass merchandisers and drug stores; however, we offer all of these products in an exciting and easy to shop retail environment at price points of $5 and below.

7

Product Mix

We organize the merchandise in our stores into the following category worlds:

• Style:        Consists primarily of accessories such as novelty socks, sunglasses, jewelry, scarves, gloves, hair accessories, athletic tops and bottoms and “attitude” t-shirts. Our beauty offering includes products such as nail polish, lip gloss, fragrance and branded cosmetics.

• Room:       Consists of items used to complete and personalize our customer’s living space, including glitter lamps, posters, frames, fleece blankets, pillows, candles, incense and related items. We also offer storage options for the customer’s room and locker.

• Sports:       Consists of an assortment of sport balls, team sports merchandise and fitness accessories, including hand weights, jump ropes and gym balls. We also offer a variety of games, including name brand board games, puzzles, toys and plush items. In the summer season, our sports offering also includes pool, beach and outdoor toys, games and accessories.

• Tech:        Consists of a selection of accessories for PCs, cell phones, and tablet computers. The offering includes cases, chargers, headphones and other related items. We also carry a range of media products including books, video games and DVDs.

• Crafts:      We offer an assortment of craft activity kits, as well as arts and crafts supplies such as crayons, markers and stickers. We also offer trend-right items for school such as backpacks, fashion notebooks and journals, novelty pens and pencils, as well as everyday name brand items.

• Party:     Consists of party goods, decorations and greeting cards, as well as every day and special occasion merchandise.

• Candy:      Consists of branded items that appeal to teens and pre-teens. This category includes an assortment of classic and novelty candy bars and movie-size box candy as well as gum and snack food. We also sell chilled drinks via coolers.

• Now:        Consists of seasonally-specific items used to celebrate and decorate for events such as Christmas, Easter, Halloween and St. Patrick’s Day. These products are most often placed at the front of the store.

Set forth below is data for the following groups of products – leisure, fashion and home, and party and snack. The percentage of net sales represented by each product group for each of the last three fiscal years was as follows:

Sales by Product Group	Percentage of Net Sales
	2014		2013		2012
Leisure	51.0	%	51.7	%	52.6	%
Fashion and home	29.3	%	29.3	%	30.3	%
Party and snack	19.7	%	19.0	%	17.1	%
Total	100.0	%	100.0	%	100.0	%

Leisure includes items such as sporting goods, games, toys, tech, books, electronic accessories, and arts and crafts. Fashion and home includes items such as personal accessories, “attitude” t-shirts, beauty offerings, home goods and storage options. Party and snack includes items such as party and seasonal goods, greeting cards, candy and other snacks, and beverages.

8

Our Stores

As of January 31, 2015, we operated 366 stores throughout the Northeast, South and Midwest regions of the United States. Our new store model assumes a store size of approximately 7,500 square feet. Our stores are primarily located in power, community and lifestyle shopping centers; approximately 3% of our stores are located in malls. The following map shows the number of stores in each of the states in which we operated and the locations of our distributions centers as of January 31, 2015.

Store Design and Layout

We present our products in a unique and engaging in-store atmosphere. We maintain a consistent floor layout designed with an easy-to-navigate racetrack flow and featuring sight-lines across the entire store enabling customers to easily identify our category worlds. All of our stores feature a sound system playing popular music throughout the shopping day. We employ novel and dynamic techniques to display our products, including distinctive merchandise fixtures and colorful and stimulating signage, which attract customers, encourage hands-on interaction with our products and convey our value pricing. In addition to traditional perimeter and gondola shelving, racks and tables, we utilize innovative approaches such as wheelbarrows, barrels and bins strategically placed throughout our stores. These techniques foster customer interaction with products, supporting the strong relationship we strive to develop with our customers and enhance our upbeat and vibrant shopping environment.

Each of our category worlds is strategically located within our stores in an effort to enhance the customer’s shopping experience. For example, our Now offerings are located in the front of the store with the goal of catching customers’ attention and being “top of mind,” and specially featured value items and other key items are positioned along the center aisle. Impulse items and “dollar value” tables surround the checkout areas to capture add-on purchases.

Expansion Opportunities and Site Selection

Our unique focus on the teen and pre-teen customer is supported by our real estate strategy to locate stores in high-visibility locations. We seek to operate stores in high-visibility, high-traffic retail venues, which reinforce our brand message, heighten brand awareness and drive customer traffic.

9

Our strategy is to saturate markets with clusters of stores because of the considerable benefit that stores derive from market concentration. Our store model is profitable across a variety of urban, suburban and semi-rural markets and in multiple real estate venues including power, community and lifestyle shopping centers. Our retail concept works well with a large and varied group of national co-tenants that drive customer traffic.

We select store sites for new store openings based upon certain criteria including minimum population density requirements, availability of attractive lease terms, sufficient space and strong positioning within a center. Members of our real estate team spend considerable time evaluating prospective sites before bringing a proposal to our real estate committee. Our real estate committee, which is composed of senior management including our executive officers, approves all of our locations before a lease is signed.

We believe there is a significant opportunity to expand our store base in the United States. We opened 62 new stores in fiscal 2014 and we intend to open approximately 70 new stores in fiscal 2015 through expansion in existing markets and by entering new markets. We maintain a pipeline of real estate sites that have been approved by our real estate committee and have executed 52 leases through January 31, 2015 for new stores in fiscal 2015. Our recent store growth is summarized in the following table:

Period	Stores at Start of Period	Stores Opened	Stores Closed	Net Store Increase	Stores at End of Period
Fiscal 2012	192	52	0	52	244
Fiscal 2013	244	62	2	60	304
Fiscal 2014	304	62	0	62	366

Opening stores within existing markets enables Five Below to benefit from enhanced brand awareness and to achieve advertising, operating and distribution efficiencies. Our targeted new store openings include additional locations in existing markets as well as expansion into adjacent states and markets. In existing markets, we use a store densification strategy that promotes brand awareness and leverages marketing, operating and distribution costs. When entering new markets, we employ a store clustering strategy, opening multiple stores in a single market on the same day, enabling us to leverage marketing and pre-opening expenses and generate initial new market brand awareness.

Our store growth is supported by our new store economics, which we believe to be compelling. Our new store model assumes a store size of approximately 7,500 square feet that achieves sales of approximately $1.6 million in the first full year of operation and an average new store cash investment of approximately $0.3 million, including our store build-out (net of tenant allowances), inventory (net of payables) and cash pre-opening expenses. Our new store model targets an average payback period of less than one year on our initial investment.

Store Management, Culture and Training

Each of our stores is managed by a general manager and one or two assistant managers who oversee full-time and part-time team members within each store. Each general manager is responsible for the day-to-day operations of his or her store, including the unit’s operating results, maintaining a clean and appealing store environment and the hiring, training and development of personnel. We also employ regional managers who are responsible for overseeing the operations of our district managers. Our district managers are responsible for overseeing the operations of 10 to 15 stores, on average.

We are guided by a philosophy that recognizes strong sales performance and customer service, allowing us to identify and reward team members who meet our high performance standards. Store managers and assistant managers participate in a rewarding bonus incentive program based on exceeding planned levels of sales and are paid on a monthly basis. We also recognize individual performance through internal promotions and provide extensive opportunities for advancement.

Our employees are critical to achieving our goals, and we strive to hire talented employees with high energy levels and motivation. We have well-established store operating policies and procedures and an in-store training program for new store managers, assistant managers and staff. In addition, we have a dedicated group of training and new store opening managers who are focused on ensuring a consistent new store opening process and who leverage their extensive experience and knowledge of the Five Below culture to train new store managers. Our customer service and store procedure training programs are designed to enable associates to assist customers in a friendly manner and to help to create a positive sales-driven environment and culture as well as teach successful operating practices and procedures.

10

Merchandising, Sourcing and Distribution

We have developed a disciplined approach to buying and a dynamic inventory planning and allocation process to support our merchandising strategy.

Merchandising

Our merchandising team consists of an Executive Vice President, Merchandising, who reports directly to our Chief Executive Officer, and is supported by an extensive team of merchandising personnel. Our merchandising team works directly with our product development team and our central planning and allocation group to ensure a consistent delivery of products across our store base. Our Executive Vice President, Merchandising has over 30 years of experience within the retail sector.

Our product development team is led by a Senior Vice President of Business and Product Development. Our product development team works directly with our merchandising group to identify new and improved products through international sourcing. Our Senior Vice President of Business and Product Development has over 30 years of experience within the retail sector.

Sourcing

We believe we have strong sourcing capabilities developed through a dynamic and collaborative relationship with our vendor partners that provide us with favorable access to quality merchandise at attractive prices. We regularly purchase core merchandise in accordance with our key categories. We also employ an opportunistic buying strategy, capitalizing on selected excess inventory opportunities, to purchase complementary merchandise based on consumer trends, product availability and favorable economic terms.

We work with approximately 850 active vendors, with no single vendor representing more than 8% of our purchases in fiscal 2014. We sourced approximately 75% of our purchases from domestic vendors in fiscal 2014. We typically have no long-term supply agreements or exclusive arrangements with our vendors, and our top 20 vendors represented approximately 36% of total goods purchased in fiscal 2014.

Distribution

We distribute over 86% of our merchandise from our 421,000 square foot distribution center in New Castle, Delaware and our 605,000 square foot distribution center in Olive Branch, Mississippi, with the remaining merchandise shipped directly from the vendor to our stores. We realize cost savings by working with our vendors to streamline and reduce packaging to diminish shipping costs.

We generally ship merchandise from our distribution centers to our stores between two and four times a week, depending on the season and the volume of a specific store. We use contract carriers to ship merchandise to our stores. From time to time, we augment our distribution facilities with third-party warehousing.

We continuously assess ways to maximize the productivity and efficiency of our existing distribution facilities and evaluate opportunities for additional distribution centers. During fiscal 2014, we signed a lease for a new distribution center in Pedricktown, New Jersey to support our anticipated growth, which we expect to be fully operational during fiscal 2015 and eventually replace our New Castle facility. We will initially occupy approximately 700,000 square feet and will expand to approximately one million square feet. The lease agreement, which we expect to begin in fiscal 2015, will expire in 2025 with options to renew for three successive five-year periods.

Marketing and Advertising

Our cost-effective marketing strategy is designed to drive store traffic and increase brand awareness with our target demographic, as well as other value-oriented customers. Our strategy includes the use of newspaper and digital circulars during peak selling seasons that highlight our brand and exceptional value proposition as well as grassroots marketing to support existing and new market entries. Additionally, we rely on the strong visibility and the presence of our store locations, email messaging and community fundraising to promote and further our brand image and drive traffic. Our digital experience, anchored by our mobile and social media presence is growing rapidly as we utilize Facebook, Instagram, YouTube and Twitter to engage our customers with compelling digital content on a daily basis.

Our marketing team works with our merchandising team to develop novel and dynamic techniques to display our products, including distinctive merchandise fixtures and colorful and stimulating signage, which attract customers, encourage hands-on interaction with our products and convey our value pricing.

11

For new store openings, we seek to create community awareness and consumer excitement through a mix of print advertising, public relations and community outreach promoting the grand opening and by creating an engaging grand opening event that includes contests, giveaways and signature “Five Cent” hot dogs. We also aim to execute multiple store openings in a given new market on the same day in order to leverage marketing efforts to produce maximum impact.

In addition to our marketing and public relations efforts described above, we also maintain a website (www.fivebelow.com) and, over the last year, our online following has grown substantially. We use both our website and social networking sites to highlight our featured products, value proposition, store locations, employment opportunities, and grand openings.

Competition

We compete with a broad range of retailers including discount, mass merchandise, grocery, drug, convenience, variety and other specialty stores with both physical locations and online stores. Many of these retail companies operate stores in many of the areas where we operate, and many of them engage in extensive advertising and marketing efforts. We also compete with

online retailers who do not have traditional brick and mortar locations.

The principal basis upon which we compete is by offering a dynamic, edited assortment of exciting products, all priced at $5 or below and including select brands and licensed merchandise, targeted at the teen and pre-teen customer. We believe we are transforming the shopping experience of our target demographic with a unique merchandising strategy and high-energy retail concept that our customers consider fun and exciting. Our success also depends in substantial part on our ability to respond quickly to trends so that we can meet the changing demands of our customers. We believe that we compare favorably relative to many of our competitors based on our merchandising strategy, edited product assortment targeted at teens and pre-teens, store environment, flexible real estate strategy and company culture. Nonetheless, certain of our competitors have greater financial, distribution, marketing and other resources than we do.

Trademarks and Other Intellectual Property

We own several trademarks that have been registered with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, including Five Below^® and Five Below Hot Stuff. Cool Prices^®. We also own domain names, including www.fivebelow.com, and unregistered copyrights in our website content. We attempt to obtain registration of our trademarks whenever practicable and pursue any infringement of those marks. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this document may appear without the ® or ™ symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names. We also refer to product names, trademarks, trade names and service marks that are the property of other companies.

Management Information Systems

Our management information systems provide a full range of business process assistance and timely information to support our merchandising strategy, warehouse management, stores and operating and financial teams. We believe our current systems provide us with operational efficiencies, scalability, management control and timely reporting that allow us to identify and respond to merchandising and operating trends in our business. We use a combination of internal and external resources to support store point-of-sale, merchandise planning and buying, inventory management, financial reporting, real estate and administrative functions. We continuously assess ways to maximize productivity and efficiency, as well as, evaluate opportunities to further enhance our existing systems.

Government Regulation

We are subject to labor and employment laws, laws governing advertising, privacy laws, safety regulations and other laws, including consumer protection regulations that regulate retailers and/or govern the promotion and sale of merchandise and the operation of stores and warehouse facilities. We monitor changes in these laws and believe that we are in material compliance with applicable laws.

Insurance

We maintain third-party insurance for a number of risk management activities including but not limited to workers’ compensation, general liability, property and employee-related health care benefits. We evaluate our insurance requirements on an ongoing basis to ensure we maintain adequate levels of coverage.

12

Employees

As of January 31, 2015, we employed approximately 1,200 full-time and 5,500 part-time personnel. Of our total employees, approximately 200 were based at our corporate headquarters in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, approximately 300 were based at our distribution centers in New Castle, Delaware and Olive Branch, Mississippi and approximately 6,200 were store employees. The number of part-time associates fluctuates depending on seasonal needs. None of our employees belong to a union or are party to any collective bargaining or similar agreement.

Seasonality

Our business is seasonal in nature with the highest level of net sales and net income generated in the fourth fiscal quarter due to the year-end holiday season and therefore, operating results for any fiscal quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for the full fiscal year. To prepare for the holiday season, we must order and keep in stock more merchandise than we carry during other parts of the year. We expect inventory levels, along with an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses, generally to reach their highest levels in the third and fourth fiscal quarters in anticipation of the increased net sales during the year-end holiday season. As a result of this seasonality, and generally because of variation in consumer spending habits, we experience fluctuations in net sales, net income and working capital requirements during the year.

Available Information

For more information about us, visit our website at www.fivebelow.com. The contents of our website are not part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our electronic filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (including all annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and current reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to these reports), including the exhibits, are available, free of charge, through our website as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file them with, or furnish them to, the Securities and Exchange Commission.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

You should consider carefully the following risks and uncertainties when reading this Annual Report. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the trading price of our common stock could decline. Although we believe that we have identified and discussed below the key risk factors affecting our business, there may be additional risks and uncertainties that are not presently known or that are not currently believed to be significant that may adversely affect our performance or financial condition.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry

We may not be able to successfully implement our growth strategy on a timely basis or at all, which could harm our growth and results of operations.

Our growth is dependent on our ability to open profitable new stores. We believe we have an opportunity to continue to grow our store base from 366 stores in 21 states as of January 31, 2015, to more than 2,000 locations over time.

Our ability to open profitable new stores depends on many factors, including our ability to:

• identify suitable markets and sites for new stores;

• negotiate leases with acceptable terms;

• achieve brand awareness in the new markets;

• efficiently source and distribute additional merchandise;

• maintain adequate distribution capacity, information systems and other operational system capabilities;

• hire, train and retain store management and other qualified personnel; and

• achieve sufficient levels of cash flow and financing to support our expansion.

Unavailability of attractive store locations, delays in the acquisition or opening of new stores, delays or costs resulting from a decrease in commercial development due to capital constraints, difficulties in staffing and operating new store locations or lack of customer acceptance of stores in new market areas may negatively impact our new store growth and the costs or the profitability associated with new stores.

13

Additionally, some of our new stores may be located in areas where we have little experience or a lack of brand recognition. Those markets may have different competitive conditions, market conditions, consumer tastes and discretionary spending patterns than our existing markets, which may cause these new stores to be less successful than stores in our existing markets. Other new stores may be located in areas where we have existing stores. Although we have experience in these markets, increasing the number of locations in these markets may result in inadvertent over-saturation of markets and temporarily or permanently divert customers and sales from our existing stores, thereby adversely affecting our overall financial performance.

Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will achieve our planned growth or, even if we are able to grow our store base as planned, that any new stores will perform as planned. If we fail to successfully implement our growth strategy, we will not be able to sustain the rapid growth in sales and profits that we expect, which would likely have an adverse impact on the price of our common stock.

Any disruption in our ability to select, obtain, distribute and market merchandise attractive to customers at prices that allow us to profitably sell such merchandise could impact our business negatively.

We generally have been able to select and obtain sufficient quantities of attractive merchandise at prices that allow us to be profitable. If we are unable to continue to select products that are attractive to our customers, to obtain such products at costs that allow us to sell such products at a profit, or to market such products effectively to consumers, our sales or profitability could be affected adversely. In addition, the success of our business depends in part on our ability to anticipate, identify and respond promptly to evolving trends in demographics and consumer preferences, expectations and needs. If we are unable to quickly respond to developing trends or if the spending patterns or demographics of these markets change, and we do not timely and appropriately respond to such changes, then the demand for our products, which are discretionary, and our market share could be adversely affected. Failure to maintain attractive stores and to timely identify or effectively respond to changing consumer needs, preferences and spending patterns could adversely affect our relationship with customers, the demand for our products and our market share.

Any disruption in the supply or increase in pricing of our merchandise could negatively impact our ability to achieve anticipated operating results. The products we sell are sourced from a wide variety of domestic and international vendors. We have not experienced any difficulty in obtaining sufficient quantities of core merchandise and believe that, if one or more of our current sources of supply become unavailable, we would generally be able to obtain alternative sources without experiencing a substantial disruption of our business. However, such alternative sources could increase our merchandise costs and reduce the quality of our merchandise, and an inability to obtain alternative sources could affect our sales.

A significant majority of our merchandise is manufactured outside the United States, and changes in the prices and flow of these goods for any reason could have an adverse impact on our operations. The United States and other countries have occasionally proposed and enacted protectionist trade legislation, which may result in changes in tariff structures and trade policies and restrictions that could increase the cost or reduce the availability of certain merchandise. Any of these or other measures or events relating to vendors and the countries in which they are located or where our merchandise is manufactured, some or all of which are beyond our control, can negatively impact our operations, increase costs and lower our margins. Such events or circumstances include, but are not limited to:

• political and economic instability;

• the financial instability and labor problems of vendors;

• the availability and cost of raw materials;

• merchandise quality or safety issues;

• changes in currency exchange rates;

• inflation; and

• transportation availability, costs and disruptions.

These and other factors affecting our vendors and our access to products could affect our financial performance adversely.

We do not sell our products through the Internet. As the retail industry experiences an increase in online sales, our sales could be adversely affected.

The retail landscape is changing with consumers’ shopping habits shifting away from the traditional brick and mortar stores to online sales. Internet sales have been obtaining an increasing percentage of retail sales over the past few years and this trend is expected to continue. Because we do not sell our products through the Internet, we are facing increased competition

14

from online retailers, which provide consumers with the ease and convenience of shopping from their home or office. The continued growth of online sales could have a negative impact on our sales as our customers may decide to make purchases through online retailers instead of traveling to our stores.

Extreme weather conditions in the areas in which our stores are located could negatively affect our business and results of operations.

Extreme weather conditions in the areas in which our stores are located could negatively affect our business and results of operations. Our stores are currently concentrated in the Northeastern and Midwestern regions of the United States, which are prone to inclement weather conditions, as well as severe storms. Such inclement weather could have a significant impact on consumer behavior, travel and store traffic patterns, as well as our ability to operate our stores. For example, frequent or unusually heavy snowfall, ice storms, rainstorms or other extreme weather conditions over a prolonged period could make it difficult for our customers to travel to our stores and thereby reduce our sales and profitability. Any reduction in sales from extreme weather could be further impacted by the fact that we do not sell our products on the Internet as consumers cannot purchase our products without traveling to our stores during inclement weather. In addition, we typically generate higher revenues and gross margins during our last fiscal quarter, which includes the year-end holiday season. If weather conditions are not favorable during these periods, our operating results and cash flow from operations could be adversely affected.

Our new store growth is dependent upon our ability to successfully expand our distribution network capacity, and failure to achieve or sustain these plans could affect our performance adversely.

We maintain distribution centers in New Castle, Delaware, and Olive Branch, Mississippi. We continuously assess ways to maximize the productivity and efficiency of our existing distribution facilities and evaluate opportunities for additional distribution centers. During fiscal 2014, we signed a lease for a new distribution center in Pedricktown, New Jersey to support our growth objectives and we expect this new distribution center to be fully operational during fiscal 2015 and eventually replace our New Castle facility. Delays in opening this new distribution center (or new distribution centers in the future) could adversely affect our future operations by slowing store growth, which could in turn reduce sales growth. In addition, any distribution-related construction or expansion projects entail risks which could cause delays and cost overruns, such as: shortages of materials; shortages of skilled labor or work stoppages; unforeseen construction, scheduling, engineering, environmental or geological problems; weather interference; fires or other casualty losses; and unanticipated cost increases. The completion date and ultimate cost of future projects, including the distribution center planned for fiscal 2015, could differ significantly from initial expectations due to construction-related or other reasons. We cannot guarantee that any project will be completed on time or within established budgets.

A significant disruption to our distribution network or to the timely receipt of inventory could adversely impact sales or increase our transportation costs, which would decrease our profits.

Because most of our products are distributed from our distribution centers, the unexpected loss of any one of our distribution centers, due to natural disaster or otherwise, would materially affect our operations. We also rely upon independent third-party transportation to provide goods to our stores in a timely and cost-effective manner, through deliveries to our distribution centers from vendors and then from the distribution centers or direct ship vendors to our stores. Our use of outside delivery services for shipments is subject to risks outside of our control and any disruption, unanticipated expense or operational failure related to this process could affect store operations negatively. For example, unexpected delivery delays or increases in transportation costs (including through increased fuel costs or a decrease in transportation capacity for overseas shipments or resulting from labor shortages or work stoppages) could significantly decrease our ability to generate sales and earn profits. If we change shipping companies, we could face logistical difficulties that could adversely impact deliveries and we would incur costs and expend resources in connection with such change. Moreover, we may not be able to obtain terms as favorable as those received from the independent third-party transportation providers we currently use, which would increase our costs.

If we are unable to secure our customers’ confidential or credit card information, or other private data relating to our employees or our Company, we could be subject to negative publicity, costly government enforcement actions or private litigation, which could damage our business reputation and adversely affect our financial results.

The protection of our customer, employee and company data is critical to us. We have procedures and technology in place to safeguard our customers’ debit and credit card, and other personal information, our employees’ private data and company records and intellectual property. While we have taken significant steps to protect customer and confidential information, the intentional or negligent actions of employees, business associates or third parties may undermine our security measures. As a result, unauthorized parties may obtain access to our data systems and misappropriate confidential data. There can be no assurance that advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography or other developments will prevent the compromise of our customer transaction processing capabilities and personal data. Furthermore, because the

15

techniques used to obtain unauthorized access, disable or degrade service, or sabotage systems, change frequently and often are not recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. If any such compromise of our security or the security of information residing with our business associates or third parties were to occur, we could be exposed to negative publicity, government enforcement actions, private litigation or costly response measures. In addition, our reputation within the business community and with our customers may be affected, which could result in our customers discontinuing the use of debit or credit cards in our stores, or not shopping in our stores altogether. This could cause us to lose market share to our competitors and could have an adverse effect on our financial results.

An inability to attract and retain qualified employees, particularly senior management and district, store and distribution center managers, and to control labor costs, as well as other labor issues, could adversely affect our business.

Our growth could be adversely impacted by an inability to attract, retain and motivate qualified employees at the store operations level, in distribution facilities, and at the corporate level, at costs which allow us to profitably conduct our operations. Our ability to meet our labor needs, while controlling our labor costs, is subject to many external factors, including competition for and availability of qualified personnel in a given market, unemployment levels within those markets, prevailing wage rates, minimum wage laws, health and other insurance costs, and changes in employment and labor laws (including changes in the process for our employees to join a union) or other workplace regulation. To the extent a significant portion of our employee base unionizes, or attempts to unionize, our labor costs could increase. In addition, we believe the current pricing of our healthcare costs includes the potential future impact of recently enacted comprehensive healthcare reform legislation, but such legislation may further cause our healthcare costs to increase. Significant costs of the healthcare reform legislation may occur due to provisions of the legislation being phased in over time and changes to our healthcare costs structure could have a significant negative effect on our business. In addition, our ability to pass along any increase in labor costs to our customers is constrained by our low price model.

Our growth from existing stores is dependent upon our ability to increase sales and improve the efficiencies, costs and effectiveness of our operations, and failure to achieve or sustain these plans could affect our performance adversely.

Increases in sales in existing stores are dependent on factors such as competition, including from online retailers, merchandise selection, store operations and customer satisfaction. If we fail to realize our goals of successfully managing our store operations and increasing our customer retention and recruitment levels, our sales may not increase and our growth may be impacted adversely.

Our success depends on our executive officers and other key personnel. If we lose our executive officers or any other key personnel, or are unable to hire additional qualified personnel, our business could be harmed.

Our future success depends to a significant degree on the skills, experience and efforts of our executive officers and other key personnel, including Thomas Vellios, our Executive Chairman, and Joel Anderson, our President and Chief Executive Officer. The loss of the services of any of our executive officers or other key personnel could have an adverse effect on our operations. Our future success will also depend on our ability to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel, as a failure to attract these key personnel could have an adverse effect on our operations. We do not currently maintain key person life insurance policies with respect to our executive officers or key personnel.

Our profitability and cash flows from operations may be negatively affected if we are not successful in managing our inventory balances and inventory shrinkage.

Our inventory balance represented approximately 39% of our total assets as of January 31, 2015. Efficient inventory management is a key component of our business success and profitability. To be successful, we must maintain sufficient inventory levels to meet our customers’ demands without allowing those levels to increase to such an extent that the costs to store and hold the goods unduly impacts our financial results. If our buying decisions do not accurately predict customer trends or purchasing actions, we may have to take unanticipated markdowns to dispose of excess inventory, which also can adversely impact our financial results. We also experience inventory shrinkage, and we cannot assure you that incidences of inventory loss and theft will stay at acceptable levels or decrease in the future, or that the measures we are taking will effectively address the problem of inventory shrinkage. We continue to focus on ways to reduce these risks, but we cannot assure you that we will be successful in our inventory management. If we are not successful in managing our inventory balances, our profitability and cash flows from operations may be negatively affected.

16

Our business requires that we lease substantial amounts of space and there can be no assurance that we will be able to continue to lease space on terms as favorable as the leases negotiated in the past.

We do not own any real estate. Instead, we lease all of our store locations, as well as our corporate headquarters and distribution facilities in New Castle, Delaware and Olive Branch, Mississippi. In addition, during fiscal 2014, we signed a lease for a new distribution center in Pedricktown, New Jersey to support our anticipated growth, which we expect to be fully operational during fiscal 2015. Our stores are leased from third parties, with typical initial lease terms of ten years. Many of our lease agreements also have additional five-year renewal options. We believe that we have been able to negotiate favorable rental rates and tenant allowances over the last few years due in large part to the state of the economy and higher than usual vacancy rates in shopping centers and regional malls. These trends may not continue, and there is no guarantee that we will be able to continue to negotiate such favorable terms. Many of our lease agreements have defined escalating rent provisions over the initial term and any extensions. Increases in our occupancy costs and difficulty in identifying economically suitable new store locations could have significant negative consequences, which include:

• requiring that a greater portion of our available cash be applied to pay our rental obligations, thus reducing cash available for other purposes and reducing our profitability;

• increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions; and

• limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to changes in, our business or in the industry in which we compete.

We depend on cash flow from operations to pay our lease expenses and to fulfill our other cash needs. If our business does not generate sufficient cash flow from operating activities to fund these expenses and needs and sufficient funds are not otherwise available to us, we may not be able to service our lease expenses, grow our business, respond to competitive challenges or fund our other liquidity and capital needs, which could harm our business. Additional sites that we lease may be subject to long-term non-cancelable leases if we are unable to negotiate our current standard lease terms. If an existing or future store is not profitable, and we decide to close it, we may nonetheless be committed to perform our obligations under the applicable lease including, among other things, paying the base rent for the balance of the lease term. Moreover, even if a lease has an early cancellation clause, we may not satisfy the contractual requirements for early cancellation under that lease. In addition, if we are not able to enter into new leases or renew existing leases on terms acceptable to us, this could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

We operate in a competitive environment and, as a result, we may not be able to compete effectively or maintain or increase our sales, market shares or margins.

We operate in a highly competitive retail environment with numerous competitors, some of which have greater resources or better brand recognition than we do. We compete with respect to customers, price, store location, merchandise quality, assortment and presentation, in-stock consistency, customer service and employees. This competitive environment subjects us to various risks, including the ability to provide quality, trend-right merchandise to our customers at competitive prices that allow us to maintain our profitability. Because of our low price model, we may have limited ability to increase prices in response to increased costs without losing competitive position which may adversely affect our margins and financial performance. In addition, price reductions by our competitors may result in the reduction of our prices and a corresponding reduction in our profitability. Many of our competitors also make sales through the Internet, and although we do maintain an Internet site, we do not sell merchandise online. Accordingly, we may face periods of intense competition in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on our profitability and results of operations.

Consolidation among retailers, changes in pricing of merchandise or offerings of other services by competitors could have a negative impact on the relative attractiveness of our stores to consumers. We do not possess exclusive rights to many of the elements that comprise our in-store experience and product offerings. Our competitors may seek to copy our business strategy and in-store experience, which could result in a reduction of any competitive advantage or special appeal that we might possess. In addition, most of our products are sold to us on a non-exclusive basis. As a result, our current and future competitors may be able to duplicate or improve on some or all of our in-store experience or product offerings that we believe are important in differentiating our stores and our customers’ shopping experience. If our competitors were to duplicate or improve on some or all of our in-store experience or product offerings, our competitive position and our business could suffer. Our ability to provide quality, trend-right products while offering attractive, competitively-priced products could be impacted by various actions of our competitors that are beyond our control.

Our profitability is vulnerable to inflation, cost increases and energy prices.

Future increases in costs such as the cost of merchandise, shipping rates, freight costs, fuel costs and store occupancy costs may reduce our profitability, particularly given our $5 and below pricing model. These cost increases may be the result of

17

inflationary pressures that could further reduce our sales or profitability. Increases in other operating costs, including changes in energy prices, transportation costs, wage rates and lease and utility costs, may increase our cost of goods sold or operating expenses. Our low price model and competitive pressures in our industry may have the effect of inhibiting our ability to reflect these increased costs in the prices of our products and therefore reduce our profitability.

Our business is seasonal, and adverse events during the holiday season could impact our operating results negatively.

Our business is seasonal, with the highest percentage of sales (approximately 40% of total annual sales over the last two fiscal years) occurring during the last fiscal quarter (November, December and January), which includes the year-end holiday season. This increased percentage of net sales has historically resulted in the highest percentages of net income during

the last fiscal quarter. We purchase substantial amounts of inventory in the end of the third fiscal quarter (October) and beginning of the fourth fiscal quarter (November and December) and incur higher shipping costs and higher payroll costs in anticipation of the increased sales activity during these time periods. Adverse events, such as deteriorating economic conditions, higher unemployment, higher gas prices, public transportation disruptions or unusual weather could result in lower-than-planned sales during the holiday season which may lead to unanticipated markdowns. Since we rely on third parties for transportation and use third party warehouses when we build up inventory, a number of these factors are outside of our control. An unsuccessful fourth quarter, or holiday season, will have a substantial negative impact on our financial condition and results of operations for the entire fiscal year.

Material damage to, or interruptions to, our technology systems as a result of external factors, staffing shortages and difficulties in updating our existing technology or developing or implementing new technology could have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations.

We depend on a variety of information technology systems for the efficient functioning of our business. Such systems are subject to damage or interruption from power outages, computer and telecommunications failures, computer viruses, security breaches and natural disasters. Damage or interruption to these systems may require a significant investment to fix or replace them, and we may suffer interruptions in our operations in the interim. Any material interruptions may have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations.

We also rely heavily on our information technology staff. Failure to meet these staffing needs may negatively affect our ability to fulfill our technology initiatives while continuing to provide maintenance on existing systems. We rely on certain vendors to maintain and periodically upgrade many of these systems so that they can continue to support our business. The software programs supporting many of our systems were licensed to us by independent software developers. The inability of these developers or us to continue to maintain and upgrade these information systems and software programs would disrupt or reduce the efficiency of our operations if we are unable to convert to alternate systems in an efficient and timely manner. In addition, costs and potential problems and interruptions associated with the implementation of new or upgraded systems and technology, or with maintenance or adequate support of existing systems could also disrupt or reduce the efficiency of our operations.

Failure to maintain adequate financial and management processes and controls could lead to errors in our financial reporting, which could harm our business and cause a decline in our stock price.

Reporting obligations as a public company and our anticipated growth are likely to place a considerable strain on our financial and management systems, processes and controls, as well as on our personnel. In addition, as a public company, we are required to document and test our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 so that our management can certify the effectiveness of our internal controls and our independent registered public accounting firm can render an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. As a result, we may incur substantial expenses to test our systems, to make any necessary improvements, and to hire additional personnel. At January 31, 2015, our internal control over financial reporting was effective using “Internal Control - Integrated Framework (1992)” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In 2013, an updated set of internal control standards, COSO 2013, was published. We intend to adopt the COSO 2013 framework in assessing our internal control over financial reporting in 2015; however, there can be no assurance that our internal control over financial reporting will be effective in future years. If our management is unable to certify the effectiveness of our internal controls or if our independent registered public accounting firm cannot render an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, or if material weaknesses in our internal controls are identified, we could be subject to regulatory scrutiny and a loss of public confidence, which could harm our business and cause a decline in our stock price. In addition, if we do not maintain adequate financial and management personnel, processes and controls, we may not be able to accurately report our financial performance on a timely basis, which could cause a decline in our stock price and harm our ability to raise capital. Failure to accurately report our financial performance on a timely basis could also jeopardize our continued listing on The NASDAQ Global Select Market or any other stock exchange on which our common stock may be listed. Delisting of our

18

common stock on any exchange could reduce the liquidity of the market for our common stock, which could reduce the price of our stock and increase the volatility of our stock price.

We expect to implement a new enterprise resource planning system commencing in fiscal 2015. Complications with the design or implementation of this system could adversely impact our business and operations.

We expect to commence a multi-year implementation of a new enterprise resource planning system (“ERP”) during fiscal 2015. The ERP will be designed to enhance functionality and provide timely information to the company's management team related to the operation of the business. We expect the ERP implementation process to require the investment of significant human and financial resources. We may not be able to successfully implement the ERP without experiencing delays, increased costs and other difficulties. If we are unable to successfully design and implement the new ERP system as planned, our financial position, results of operations and cash flows could be negatively impacted.

We are exposed to the risk of natural disasters, unusual weather conditions, pandemic outbreaks, global political events, war and terrorism that could disrupt business and result in lower sales, increased operating costs and capital expenditures.

Our headquarters, store locations and distribution centers, as well as certain of our vendors and customers, are located in areas which have been and could be subject to natural disasters such as floods, hurricanes, tornadoes, fires or earthquakes. Adverse weather conditions or other extreme changes in the weather, including resulting electrical and technological failures, may disrupt our business and may adversely affect our ability to sell and distribute products. For example, as a result of Superstorm Sandy in October 2012, we experienced closures in 122 of our stores. In addition, we operate in markets that may be susceptible to pandemic outbreaks, war, terrorist acts or disruptive global political events, such as civil unrest in countries from which our vendors are located or products are manufactured. Our business may be harmed if our ability to sell and distribute products is impacted by any such events, any of which could influence customer trends and purchases and may negatively impact our net sales, properties or operations. Such events could result in physical damage to one or more of our properties, the temporary closure of some or all of our stores or distribution centers, the temporary lack of an adequate work force in a market, temporary or long-term disruption in the transport of goods, delay in the delivery of goods to our distribution centers or stores, disruption of our technology support or information systems, or fuel shortages or dramatic increases in fuel prices, which increase the cost of doing business. These events also can have indirect consequences such as increases in the costs of insurance if they result in significant loss of property or other insurable damage. Any of these factors, or combination thereof, could adversely affect our operations.

Current economic conditions and other economic factors could adversely impact our financial performance and other aspects of our business in various respects.

Weakness in the U.S. economy or other economic factors affecting disposable consumer income, such as employment levels, inflation, business conditions, fuel and energy costs, consumer debt levels, lack of available credit, interest rates, tax rates and erosion in consumer confidence may affect our business adversely. Such factors could reduce overall consumer spending or cause customers to shift their spending to products other than those sold by us or to products sold by us that are less profitable than other product choices, all of which could result in lower net sales, decreases in inventory turnover or a reduction in profitability due to lower margins. We have limited or no ability to control many of these factors. Global economic uncertainty, the impact of recessions and the potential for failures or realignments of financial institutions and the related impact on available credit may impact us, our vendors and other business partners, our landlords, our customers, our service providers and our operations in an adverse manner.

Changes in state or federal legislation or regulations, including the effects of legislation and regulations on product and food safety and quality, wage levels, employee rights, health care, social welfare and entitlement programs could increase our cost of doing business.

Our business is subject to numerous federal, state and local laws and regulations. We routinely incur costs in complying with these laws and regulations. We are exposed to the risk that federal, state or local legislation may negatively impact our operations. Changes in product and food safety and quality (including changes in labeling or disclosure requirements), federal or state wage requirements, employee rights (including changes in the process for our employees to join a union), health care, social welfare or entitlement programs such as health insurance, paid leave programs, or other changes in workplace regulation or tax laws could adversely impact our ability to achieve our financial targets. Changes in other regulatory areas, such as consumer credit, privacy and information security, or environmental regulation may result in significant added expenses or may require extensive system and operating changes that may be difficult to implement and/or could materially increase our costs of doing business. Untimely compliance or noncompliance with applicable laws and regulations may subject us to legal risk, including government enforcement action, significant fines and penalties and class action litigation, as well as reputational damage, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

19

Litigation may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

Our business is subject to the risk of litigation by employees, consumers, vendors, competitors, intellectual property rights holders, shareholders, government agencies and others through private actions, class actions, administrative proceedings, regulatory actions or other litigation. For example, we and certain of our current and former senior officers are currently parties to a securities class action lawsuit filed against us, purportedly on behalf of a class of our investors who purchased our publicly traded securities between June 5, 2014 and December 4, 2014. In addition, a shareholder derivative lawsuit was filed on behalf of Five Below, as nominal defendant, asserting claims against certain of our directors. The outcome of litigation, particularly class action lawsuits, regulatory actions and intellectual property claims, is difficult to assess or quantify. Plaintiffs in these types of lawsuits may seek recovery of very large or indeterminate amounts, and the magnitude of the potential loss relating to these lawsuits may remain unknown for substantial periods of time. In addition, certain of these lawsuits, if decided adversely to us or settled by us, may result in liability material to our consolidated financial statements as a whole or may negatively affect our operating results if changes to our business operation are required. The cost to defend litigation may be significant. There also may be adverse publicity associated with litigation that could negatively affect customer perception of our business, regardless of whether the allegations are valid or whether we are ultimately found liable. As a result, litigation may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

If we fail to protect our brand name, competitors may adopt trade names that dilute the value of our brand name.

We may be unable or unwilling to strictly enforce our trademarks in each jurisdiction in which we do business. Also, we may not always be able to successfully enforce our trademarks against competitors or against challenges by others. Our failure to successfully protect our trademarks could diminish the value and efficacy of our brand recognition and could cause customer confusion, which could, in turn, adversely affect our sales and profitability.

Product and food safety claims and the effects of legislation and regulations on product and food safety and quality could affect our sales and results of operations adversely.

We may be subject to product liability claims from customers or actions required or penalties assessed by government agencies relating to products, including food products that are recalled, defective or otherwise alleged to be harmful. Such claims may result from tampering by unauthorized third parties, product contamination or spoilage, including the presence of foreign objects, substances, chemicals, other agents, or residues introduced during the growing, storage, handling and transportation phases. All of our vendors and their products are contractually required to comply with applicable product and food safety laws. We generally seek contractual indemnification and insurance coverage from our vendors. However, if we do not have adequate contractual indemnification and/or insurance available, such claims could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our ability to obtain indemnification from foreign vendors may be hindered by the manufacturers’ lack of understanding of U.S. product liability or other laws, which may make it more likely that we be required to respond to claims or complaints from customers as if we were the manufacturer of the products. Even with adequate insurance and indemnification, such claims could significantly damage our reputation and consumer confidence in our products. Our litigation expenses could increase as well, which also could have a materially negative impact on our results of operations even if a product liability claim is unsuccessful or is not fully pursued.

We purchase a portion of our products on a closeout basis. Some of these products are obtained through brokers or intermediaries rather than through manufacturers. The closeout nature of a portion of our products sometimes makes it more difficult for us to investigate all aspects of these products. We attempt to assure compliance and to test products when appropriate, and we seek to obtain indemnification through our vendors or to be listed as an additional insured, but there is no assurance that these efforts will be successful.

We incur significant expenses as a result of being a public company, which could negatively impact our financial performance and cause our results of operations and financial condition to suffer.

As a public company, we are required to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, together with related rules implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission and The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC. These laws, rules and regulations have increased our expenses, including our legal, accounting and insurance compliance costs, and have made some activities more time consuming and costly. In addition, these laws, rules and regulations may make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance in the future, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or as officers. Due to our public company status, we may also incur certain other expenses in the future, which will negatively impact our financial performance and could cause our results of operations and financial condition to suffer.

20

Our ability to obtain additional financing on favorable terms, if needed, could be adversely affected by volatility in the capital markets.

We obtain and manage liquidity from the positive cash flow we generate from our operating activities, our access to capital markets and our revolving credit facility. There is no assurance that our ability to obtain additional financing from financial institutions or through the capital markets, if needed, will not be adversely impacted by economic conditions. Tightening in the credit markets, low liquidity and volatility in the capital markets could result in diminished availability of credit, higher cost of borrowing and lack of confidence in the equity market, making it more difficult to obtain additional financing on terms that are favorable to us.

The terms of our revolving credit facility may restrict our current and future operations, which could adversely affect our ability to respond to changes in our business and to manage our operations.

Our revolving credit facility contains, and any additional debt financing we may incur would likely contain, covenants requiring us to maintain or adhere to certain financial ratios or limits and covenants that restrict our operations, which may include limitations on our ability to, among other things:

• incur additional indebtedness;

• pay dividends and make certain distributions, investments and other restricted payments;

• create certain liens or encumbrances;

• enter into transactions with our affiliates;

• redeem our common stock; and

• engage in certain merger, consolidation or asset sale transactions.

Complying with these covenants could adversely affect our ability to respond to changes in our business and manage our operations. In addition, these covenants could affect our ability to invest capital in our new stores and fund capital expenditures for existing stores, including the costs associated with the conversion of certain stores existing before fiscal 2009 to our current prototype new store size of approximately 7,500 square feet. Our ability to comply with these covenants and other provisions in the revolving credit facility and any future debt instruments may be affected by changes in our operating and financial performance, changes in general business and economic conditions, adverse regulatory developments, or other events beyond our control. A failure by us to comply with the financial ratios and restrictive covenants contained in our revolving credit facility and any future debt instruments could result in an event of default. Upon the occurrence of an event of default, the lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding to be due and payable and exercise other remedies as set forth in our revolving credit facility and any future debt instruments. In addition, if we are in default, we may be unable to borrow additional amounts under any such facilities to the extent that they would otherwise be available and our ability to obtain future financing may also be impacted negatively. If the indebtedness under our revolving credit facility and any future debt instruments were to be accelerated, our future financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

Regulations related to conflict minerals could adversely impact our business.

The Securities and Exchange Commission has promulgated final rules mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act regarding disclosure of the use of tin, tantalum, tungsten and gold, known as conflict minerals, included in components of products either manufactured by public companies or for which public companies have contracted to manufacture. These new rules require due diligence to determine whether such minerals originated from the Democratic Republic of Congo (the “DRC”) or an adjoining country and whether such minerals helped finance the armed conflict in the DRC. While we do not manufacture products, we may in the future contract to manufacture products. Accordingly, there will be costs associated with complying with these disclosure requirements, including costs to determine the origin of conflict minerals used in any products we are deemed to contract to manufacture. In addition, the implementation of these rules could adversely affect the sourcing, supply and pricing of materials used in our products. Also, we may face reputational challenges if the due diligence procedures we implement do not enable us to verify the origins for all conflict minerals or to determine that such minerals are DRC conflict-free.

21

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock

Our stock price may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance.

Shares of our common stock were sold in our IPO in July 2012 at a price of $17.00 per share, and our common stock has subsequently traded as high as $55.28 and as low as $25.00 during the period from our IPO to January 31, 2015.

An active, liquid and orderly market for our common stock may not be sustained, which could depress the trading price of our common stock. In addition, broad market and industry factors, most of which we cannot control, may harm the price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. Factors that could cause fluctuation in the price of our common stock may include, among other things:  

• actual or anticipated fluctuations in quarterly operating results or other operating metrics, such as comparable store sales, that may be used by the investment community;

• changes in financial estimates by us or by any securities analysts who might cover our stock;

• speculation about our business in the press or the investment community;

• conditions or trends affecting our industry or the economy generally;

• stock market price and volume fluctuations of other publicly traded companies and, in particular, those that are in the retail industry;

• announcements by us or our competitors of new product offerings, significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships or divestitures;

• our entry into new markets;

• timing of new store openings;

• percentage of sales from new stores versus established stores;

• additions or departures of key personnel;

• actual or anticipated sales of our common stock, including sales by our directors, officers or significant shareholders;

• significant developments relating to our relationships with business partners, vendors and distributors;

• customer purchases of new products from us and our competitors;

• investor perceptions of the retail industry in general and our Company in particular;

• major catastrophic events;

• volatility in our stock price, which may lead to higher share-based compensation expense under applicable accounting standards; and

• changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretation or principles.

In the past, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in their stock price. For example, we and certain of our current and former senior officers are currently parties to a securities class action lawsuit filed against us, purportedly on behalf of a class of our investors who purchased our publicly traded securities between June 5, 2014 and December 4, 2014. This type of litigation, even if it does not result in liability for us, could result in substantial costs to us and divert management's attention and resources.

Your percentage ownership in us may be diluted by future equity issuances, which could reduce your influence over matters on which shareholders vote.

Our board of directors has the authority, without action or vote of our shareholders, to issue all or any part of our authorized but unissued shares of common stock, including shares issuable upon the exercise of options, shares issuable upon the vesting of restricted stock units or performance-based restricted stock units, shares that may be issued to satisfy our obligations under our equity incentive plan or shares of our authorized but unissued preferred stock. We initially reserved 7,600,000 shares of common stock under our equity incentive plan for future issuances and, as of January 31, 2015, 1,700,885 shares of our common stock are issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding, the vesting of restricted stock units and the vesting of performance-based restricted stock units. We also initially reserved 500,000 shares of common stock under our employee stock purchase plan for future issuances, and as of January 31, 2015, 7,910 shares of our common stock have been issued. Exercises of these options or issuances of common stock or preferred stock could reduce your influence over matters on which our shareholders vote and, in the case of issuances of preferred stock, likely could result in your interest in us being subject to the prior rights of holders of that preferred stock.

22

We do not expect to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future.

For the foreseeable future, we intend to retain any earnings to finance the development and expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon results of operations, financial condition, contractual restrictions, including under agreements for indebtedness we may incur, restrictions imposed by applicable law and other factors our board of directors deems relevant. Accordingly, if you purchase shares, realization of a gain on your investment will depend on the appreciation of the price of our common stock, which may never occur. Investors seeking cash dividends in the foreseeable future should not purchase our common stock.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or continue to publish or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock is influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our Company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. Moreover, if our operating results do not meet the expectations of the investor community, or one or more of the analysts who cover our Company downgrade our stock, our stock price could decline.

Anti-takeover provisions could delay and discourage takeover attempts that shareholders may consider to be favorable.

Certain provisions of our amended and restated articles of incorporation and amended bylaws and applicable provisions of Pennsylvania law may make it more difficult or impossible for a third party to acquire control of us or effect a change in our board of directors and management.

In particular, these provisions, among other things:

• provide that only the chairman of the board of directors, the chief executive officer or a majority of the board of directors may call special meetings of the shareholders;

• classify our board of directors into three separate classes with staggered terms;

• provide for supermajority approval requirements for amending or repealing provisions in our amended and restated articles of incorporation and amended bylaws;

• establish certain advance notice procedures for nominations of candidates for election as directors and for shareholder proposals to be considered at shareholders’ meetings; and

• permit the board of directors, without further action of the shareholders, to issue and fix the terms of preferred stock, which may have rights senior to those of the common stock.

In addition, anti-takeover provisions in Pennsylvania law could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of us. These provisions could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and could reduce the amount that shareholders might receive if we are sold. For example, Pennsylvania law may restrict a third party's ability to obtain control of us and may prevent shareholders from receiving a premium for their shares of our common stock. Pennsylvania law also provides that our shareholders are not entitled by statute to propose amendments to our articles of incorporation.

These and other provisions of Pennsylvania law and our amended and restated articles of incorporation and amended bylaws could delay, defer or prevent us from experiencing a change of control or changes in our board of directors and management and may adversely affect our shareholders' voting and other rights. Any delay or prevention of a change of control transaction or changes in our board of directors and management could deter potential acquirers or prevent the completion of a transaction in which our shareholders could receive a substantial premium over the then current market price for their shares of our common stock.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

23

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

We do not own any real property. Our corporate headquarters are located in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania and are leased under a lease agreement expiring in 2022, with options to renew for two successive five-year periods. Our approximately 421,000 square foot distribution center located in New Castle, Delaware is leased under a lease agreement expiring in 2016 with options to renew for two successive five-year periods. Our approximately 605,000 square foot distribution center in Olive Branch, Mississippi is leased under a lease agreement expiring in 2022 with options to renew for three successive five-year periods. During fiscal 2014, we signed a lease for a new distribution center in Pedricktown, New Jersey, which we expect to be fully operational during fiscal 2015. We will initially occupy approximately 700,000 square feet and will expand to approximately one million square feet. The lease agreement, which we expect to begin in fiscal 2015, will expire in 2025 with options to renew for three successive five-year periods.

At the end of fiscal 2014, there were366Five Below store locations in21 states. All of our stores are leased from third parties, and the leases typically have ten-year terms with additional five-year renewal options, and many provide us with the option to terminate early under specified conditions. In addition to future minimum lease payments, some of our store leases provide for additional rental payments based on a percentage of net sales if sales at the respective stores exceed specified levels, as well as the payment of common area maintenance charges, real property insurance and real estate taxes. Many of our lease agreements have defined escalating rent provisions over the initial term and any extensions.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

On January 9, 2015, a putative class action was filed against Five Below, Inc. and certain of our current and former senior officers in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania, purportedly on behalf of a class of our investors who purchased our publicly traded securities between June 5, 2014 and December 4, 2014. The complaint alleges violations of Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder in connection with various public statements made by us. In addition, on February 25, 2015, a shareholder derivative complaint was filed on behalf of Five Below, as nominal defendant, asserting claims against certain of our directors in the United States District Court for the District of Rhode Island. The complaint in this action alleges various violations of state law, including breach of fiduciary duties, arising from the alleged federal securities violations asserted in the securities class action. We intend to vigorously defend against these actions, which we believe to be without merit. The potential impact of these actions, which seek unspecified damages, attorneys’ fees and expenses, is uncertain.

In addition, we are subject to various proceedings, lawsuits, disputes, and claims arising in the ordinary course of our business. Many of these actions raise complex factual and legal issues and are subject to uncertainties. Actions filed against us from time to time include commercial, intellectual property, customer, and employment actions, including class action lawsuits. The plaintiffs in some actions seek unspecified damages or injunctive relief, or both. Actions are in various procedural stages, and some are covered in part by insurance. We cannot predict with assurance the outcome of actions brought against us. Accordingly, adverse developments, settlements, or resolutions may occur and negatively impact income in the quarter of such development, settlement or resolution. If a potential loss arising from these lawsuits, claims and pending actions is probable and reasonably estimable, we record the estimated liability based on circumstances and assumptions existing at the time. Although the outcome of these and other claims cannot be predicted with certainty, management does not believe that the ultimate resolution of these matters will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

24

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our common stock has been listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “FIVE” since our IPO in July 2012, which had a price of $17.00 per share. The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low sales prices of our common stock as reported by the NASDAQ Global Select Market:

Fiscal 2014	High		Low
First Quarter (February 2, 2014 - May 3, 2014)	$	44.35	$	33.94
Second Quarter (May 4, 2014 - August 2, 2014)	$	40.81	$	34.23
Third Quarter (August 3, 2014 - November 1, 2014)	$	43.73	$	35.14
Fourth Quarter (November 2, 2014 - January 31, 2015)	$	47.89	$	32.01

Fiscal 2013	High		Low
First Quarter (February 3, 2013 - May 4, 2013)	$	43.04	$	34.62
Second Quarter (May 5, 2013 - August 3, 2013)	$	42.37	$	35.20
Third Quarter (August 4, 2013 - November 2, 2013)	$	51.00	$	36.40
Fourth Quarter (November 3, 2013 - February 1, 2014)	$	55.28	$	35.58

On January 30, 2015 (the last trading day of fiscal 2014), the last reported sale price on the NASDAQ Global Select Market of our common stock was $33.32 per share. As of March 16, 2015, we had approximately 16,866 holders of record of our common stock.

Performance Graph

This performance graph and related information shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the Securities and Exchange Commission for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liabilities under that Section, and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any future filing under the Securities Act, or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that we specifically incorporate it by reference into such filing.

The following graph compares the cumulative total shareholder return on our common stock from July 19, 2012 (the date our common stock commenced trading on the NASDAQ Global Select Market) through January 31, 2015, with the return on (i) the NASDAQ Global Market Composite Index and (ii) the NASDAQ US Benchmark Retail Index over the same period. This graph assumes an initial investment of $100 and assumes the reinvestment of dividends, if any. Such returns are based on historical results and are not intended to suggest future performance.

25

	7/19/2012	7/27/2012	10/26/2012	2/1/2013	5/3/2013	8/2/2013	11/1/2013	1/31/2014	5/2/2014	8/1/2014	10/31/2014	1/30/2015
FIVE BELOW, INC.	$100.00	$111.90	$126.00	$140.00	$136.80	$148.20	$189.40	$138.30	$150.30	$134.70	$150.50	$125.70
NASDAQ GLOBAL MARKET COMPOSITE INDEX	$100.00	$99.70	$100.70	$107.20	$113.90	$124.40	$132.20	$138.40	$139.00	$146.80	$156.10	$156.30
NASDAQ US BENCHMARK RETAIL INDEX	$100.00	$101.30	$103.90	$111.00	$120.60	$130.70	$136.00	$132.70	$135.80	$136.60	$146.80	$161.50

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

See Item 12. “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters” for information regarding securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans.

Dividends

On May 15, 2012, we declared and subsequently paid on May 16, 2012 a special dividend of $2.02 per share on shares of our common stock and on an as-converted basis on shares of our then outstanding Series A 8% Convertible Preferred Stock totaling $99.5 million, which we refer to as the 2012 Dividend.

Other than the 2012 Dividend, during the past two fiscal years, we have not declared, and currently do not plan to declare in the foreseeable future, dividends on shares of our common stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business. Any further determination to pay dividends on our capital stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws, and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors considers relevant. In addition, the terms of our revolving credit facility contain restrictions on our ability to pay dividends.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

There were no reportable repurchases of our common stock during the fourth fiscal quarter of 2014.

26

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table presents selected financial and other data as of and for the periods indicated. The selected financial data for fiscal 2014, 2013 and 2012 and selected consolidated balance sheet data as of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014 have been derived from our consolidated financial statements audited by KPMG LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, included elsewhere in this Annual Report. The selected financial data for the fiscal years ended January 28, 2012, which we refer to as fiscal 2011, and January 29, 2011, which we refer to as fiscal 2010, and the selected balance sheet data as of February 2, 2013, January 28, 2012, and January 29, 2011, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements that have not been included in this Annual Report. The historical results presented below are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period. You should read this selected financial data in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes and the information under Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report.

We operate on a fiscal calendar that results in a given fiscal year consisting of a 52- or 53-week period ending on the Saturday closest to January 31^st of the following year. The reporting periods contained in the following table consist of 52 weeks of operations in each of fiscal 2014, 2013, 2011, and 2010 and 53 weeks of operations in fiscal 2012.

	Fiscal Year
	2014		2013			2012			2011			2010
	(in millions, except share and per share data)
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data (1):
Net sales	$	680.2	$	535.4		$	418.8		$	297.1		$	197.2
Cost of goods sold	442.4		347.4			269.0			192.3			131.0
Gross profit	237.8		188.0			149.8			104.9			66.1
Selling, general and administrative expenses (2)	160.8		134.3			112.2			78.6			54.3
Operating income	77.0		53.7			37.7			26.2			11.8
Interest expense, net	0.1		1.5			2.4			—			—
Loss on debt extinguishment	0.2		0.3			1.6			—			—
Other income	—		—			(0.4		)	—			—
Income before income taxes	76.7		52.0			34.1			26.2			11.8
Income tax expense	28.6		19.8			14.1			10.2			4.8
Net income	48.0		32.1			20.0			16.1			7.0
Dividend paid to preferred and unvested restricted shareholders	—		—			(65.4		)	—			—
Series A 8% Convertible Preferred Stock cumulative dividends	—		—			—			(15.9		)	(4.5		)
Accretion of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock	—		—			—			—			(3.3		)
Net income attributable to participating securities	—		(0.5		)	—			(0.1		)	—
Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders	$	48.0	$	31.7		$	(45.4	)	$	0.1		$	(0.8	)
Per Share Data:
Basic income (loss) per common share (3)	$	0.89	$	0.59		$	(1.28	)	$	—		$	(0.08	)
Diluted income (loss) per common share (3)	$	0.88	$	0.59		$	(1.28	)	$	—		$	(0.08	)
Dividends declared and paid per common share	$	—	$	—		$	2.02		$	—		$	13.24
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic shares	54,219,801		53,294,805			35,444,200			15,903,599			9,672,195
Diluted shares	54,573,855		53,741,860			35,444,200			15,904,108			9,672,195

27

	Fiscal Year
	2014			2013			2012			2011			2010
	(in millions, except total stores data)
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Data (1):
Net cash provided by (used in):
Operating activities	$	61.4		$	31.2		$	30.4		$	46.7		$	15.0
Investing activities	$	(32.3	)	$	(25.9	)	$	(22.9	)	$	(18.6	)	$	(14.9	)
Financing activities	$	(16.1	)	$	(11.2	)	$	7.3		$	1.0		$	(0.4	)
Other Operating and Financial Data (1):
Total stores at end of period	366			304			244			192			142
Comparable store sales growth	3.4		%	4.0		%	7.1		%	7.9		%	15.6		%
Average net sales per store (4)	$	1.9		$	1.9		$	1.8		$	1.7		$	1.5
Capital expenditures	$	32.3		$	25.9		$	22.9		$	18.6		$	14.9
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data (1):
Cash and cash equivalents	$	63.2		$	50.2		$	56.1		$	41.3		$	12.2
Total current assets	207.6			160.9			129.7			92.2			45.9
Total assets	294.9			232.1			189.7			134.5			76.6
Total current liabilities	79.4			79.7			68.8			49.9			18.2
Total long-term debt, excluding current portion (5)	—			—			19.5			0.3			0.3
Total liabilities	120.6			115.2			118.9			72.4			33.5
Series A 8% Convertible Preferred Stock	—			—			—			191.9			191.9
Total shareholders’ equity (deficit)	$	174.3		$	116.9		$	70.7		$	(129.8	)	$	(148.8	)

(1) Components may not add to total due to rounding.

(2) Fiscal 2014, 2013 and 2012 includes $0.9 million, $6.1 million and $10.5 million of share-based compensation expense that relates to the cancellation of certain stock options, in exchange for the grant of restricted shares and on-going expense recognition of the awards over the remaining vesting period. In addition, fiscal 2013 and 2012 each include $1.0 million of expenses related to legal, accounting, and other fees in connection with secondary public offerings. Fiscal 2011 includes $6.1 million of non-contractual executive bonus expense and fiscal 2010 includes $5.3 million of expense related to the 2010 Transaction.

(3) Please see Note 2 in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for an explanation of per share calculations.

(4) Only includes stores open during the full fiscal year.

(5) We repaid $19.5 million of principal on the term loan facility in February 2014, subsequent to the end of fiscal 2013, which is classified as a current liability and not included in the long-term balance as of the end of fiscal 2013.

28

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion together with “Selected Financial and Other Data,” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report. The statements in this discussion regarding expectations of our future performance, liquidity and capital resources and other non-historical statements are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, the risks and uncertainties described in Part I, Item 1A “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” Our actual results may differ materially from those contained in or implied by any forward-looking statements.

We operate on a fiscal calendar widely used by the retail industry that results in a given fiscal year consisting of a 52- or 53-week period ending on the Saturday closest to January 31 of the following year. References to “fiscal year 2015” or “fiscal 2015” refer to the period from February 1, 2015 to January 30, 2016, which consists of a 52-week fiscal year. References to “fiscal year 2014” or “fiscal 2014” refer to the period from February 2, 2014 to January 31, 2015, which consists of a 52-week fiscal year.References to “fiscal year 2013” or “fiscal 2013” refer to the period from February 3, 2013 to February 1, 2014, which consists of a 52-week fiscal year. References to “fiscal year 2012” or “fiscal 2012” refer to the period from January 29, 2012 to February 2, 2013, which consists of a 53-week fiscal year. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period and results for any interim period may not necessarily be indicative of the results that may be expected for a full year.

Overview

Five Below is a rapidly growing specialty value retailer offering a broad range of trend-right, high-quality merchandise targeted at the teen and pre-teen customer. We offer a dynamic, edited assortment of exciting products, all priced at $5 and below, including select brands and licensed merchandise across our category worlds. As of January 31, 2015, we operated 366 stores in 21 states.

Five Below was founded in 2002 by David Schlessinger and Thomas Vellios, who recognized a market need for a fun and affordable shopping destination aimed at teens and pre-teens aspiring to be young adults. In July 2014, Joel Anderson joined the Five Below senior management team. In December 2014, Joel Anderson was appointed as Chief Executive Officer and Thomas Vellios was appointed as Executive Chairman, both effective February 1, 2015. David Schlessinger continues to serve on the board of directors as Chairman Emeritus.

We believe that our business model has resulted in strong financial performance irrespective of the economic environment. Our comparable store sales increased by 3.4% in fiscal 2014, 4.0% in fiscal 2013 and 7.1% in fiscal 2012. Between fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2014, our net sales increased from $418.8 million to $680.2 million, representing a compounded annual growth rate of 27.4%. Over the same period, our operating income increased from $37.7 million to $77.0 million, representing a compounded annual growth rate of 43.0%. In addition, we expanded our store base from 244 stores at the end of fiscal 2012 to 366 stores at the end of fiscal 2014. We plan to open approximately 70 new stores in fiscal 2015.

We expect to continue our strong growth in the future. By offering trend-right merchandise at a differentiated price point of $5 and below, our stores have been successful in varying geographic regions, population densities and real estate settings. We operate stores in 21 states in the Northeast, South and Midwest regions of the United States. We are primarily located in power, community and lifestyle shopping centers across a variety of urban, suburban and semi-rural markets with trade areas including at least 100,000 people in the specified market. We believe we have the opportunity to expand our store base in the United States from 366 locations as of January 31, 2015, to more than 2,000 locations over time. Our ability to open profitable new stores depends on many factors, including our ability to identify suitable markets and sites; negotiate leases with acceptable terms; achieve brand awareness in the new markets; efficiently source and distribute additional merchandise; and achieve sufficient levels of cash flow and financing to support our expansion.

We have a proven and highly profitable store model that has produced consistent financial results and returns and our new stores have achieved average payback periods of less than one year. Our new store model assumes a store size of approximately 7,500 square feet that achieves annual sales of approximately $1.6 million in the first full year of operation. Our new store model also assumes an average new store investment of approximately $0.3 million. Our new store investment includes our store build-out (net of tenant allowances), inventory (net of payables) and cash pre-opening expenses.

Our planned store expansion will place increased demands on our operational, managerial, administrative and other resources. Managing our growth effectively will require us to continue to maintain adequate distribution capacity, enhance our store management systems, financial and management controls, information systems and other operational system capabilities.

29

In addition, we will be required to hire, train and retain store management and other qualified personnel. For further information see Part I, Item 1A “Risk Factors-Risk Relating to our Business and Industry.”

Over the past eight years we have invested a significant amount of capital in infrastructure and systems necessary to support our future growth and we expect to incur additional capital expenditures related to expansion of our infrastructure and systems in future periods. In fiscal 2010, we expanded our New Castle, Delaware distribution center. In fiscal 2011, we relocated our corporate headquarters and upgraded our warehouse management and information systems. In fiscal 2013, we opened our second distribution center in Olive Branch, Mississippi and expanded our corporate headquarters to support our growth. During fiscal 2014, we signed a lease for a new distribution center in Pedricktown, New Jersey to support our anticipated growth, which we expect to be fully operational during fiscal 2015 and eventually replace our New Castle

facility. We will initially occupy approximately 700,000 square feet and will expand to approximately one million square feet. The lease agreement, which we expect to begin in fiscal 2015, will expire in 2025 with options to renew for three successive five-year periods. Delays in opening this new distribution center could adversely affect our future operations by slowing store growth, which could in turn reduce sales growth. In addition, any distribution-related construction or expansion projects entail risks which could cause delays and cost overruns, such as: shortages of materials; shortages of skilled labor or work stoppages; unforeseen construction, scheduling, engineering, environmental or geological problems; weather interference; fires or other casualty losses; and unanticipated cost increases. The completion date and ultimate cost of this new distribution center, planned for fiscal 2015, could differ significantly from initial expectations due to construction-related or other reasons. In addition, the timing and amount of investments in our infrastructure and systems could affect the comparability of our results of operations in future periods.

We continuously assess ways to maximize the productivity and efficiency of our existing facilities, infrastructure and systems. The timing and amount of investments in our facilities, infrastructure and systems could affect the comparability of our results of operations in future periods. The completion date and ultimate cost of future projects could differ significantly from initial expectations due to construction-related or other reasons.

We believe our business strategy will continue to offer significant opportunity, but it also presents risks and challenges. These risks and challenges include, but are not limited to, that we may not be able to effectively identify and respond to changing trends and customer preferences, that we may not be able to find desirable locations for new stores and that we may not be able to effectively manage our future growth. In addition, our financial results can be expected to be directly impacted by substantial increases in product costs due to commodity cost increases or general inflation which could lead to a reduction in our sales as well as greater margin pressure as costs may not be able to be passed on to consumers. To date, changes in commodity prices and general inflation have not materially impacted our business. In response to increasing commodity prices or general inflation, we seek to minimize the impact of such events by sourcing our merchandise from different vendors and changing our product mix. See Part I, Item 1A “Risk Factors” for a description of these and other important factors that could adversely impact us and our results of operations.

How We Assess the Performance of Our Business

In assessing the performance of our business, we consider a variety of performance and financial measures. These key measures include net sales, comparable store sales, cost of goods sold and gross profit, selling, general and administrative expenses and operating income.

Net Sales

Net sales constitute gross sales net of merchandise returns for damaged or defective goods. Net sales consist of sales from comparable stores and non-comparable stores. Revenue from the sale of gift cards is deferred and not included in net sales until the gift cards are redeemed to purchase merchandise.

Our business is seasonal and as a result, our net sales fluctuate from quarter to quarter. Net sales are usually highest in the fourth fiscal quarter due to the year-end holiday season.

Comparable Store Sales

Comparable store sales include net sales from stores that have been open for at least 15 full months from their opening date. Comparable stores include the following:

• Stores that have been remodeled while remaining open;

• Stores that have been relocated within the same trade area, to a location that is not significantly different in size, in which the new store opens at about the same time as the old store closes; and

• Stores that have expanded, but are not significantly different in size, within their current locations.

30

For stores that are relocated or expanded, the following periods are excluded when calculating comparable store sales:

• The period beginning when the closing store receives its last merchandise delivery from one of our distribution centers through:

▪ the last day of the fiscal year in which the store was relocated or expanded (for stores that increased significantly in size); or

▪ the last day of the fiscal month in which the store re-opens (for all other stores); and

• The period beginning on the first anniversary of the date the store received its last merchandise delivery from one of our distribution centers through the first anniversary of the date the store re-opened.

Comparable store sales exclude the 53rd week of sales for 53-week fiscal years. In the 52-week fiscal year subsequent to a 53-week fiscal year, we exclude the sales in the non-comparable week from the same-store sales calculation.

There may be variations in the way in which some of our competitors and other retailers calculate comparable or “same store” sales. As a result, data in this Annual Report regarding our comparable store sales may not be comparable to similar data made available by other retailers. Non-comparable store sales are comprised of new store sales, sales for stores not open for a full 15 months, and sales from existing store relocation and expansion projects that were temporarily closed (or not receiving deliveries) and not included in comparable store sales.

Measuring the change in fiscal year-over-year comparable store sales allows us to evaluate how our store base is performing. Various factors affect comparable store sales, including:

• consumer preferences, buying trends and overall economic trends;

• our ability to identify and respond effectively to customer preferences and trends;

• our ability to provide an assortment of high-quality, trend-right and everyday product offerings that generate new and repeat visits to our stores;

• the customer experience we provide in our stores;

• the level of traffic near our locations in the power, community and lifestyle centers in which we operate;

• competition;

• changes in our merchandise mix;

• pricing;

• our ability to source and distribute products efficiently;

• the timing of promotional events and holidays;

• the timing of introduction of new merchandise and customer acceptance of new merchandise;

• our opening of new stores in the vicinity of existing stores;

• the number of items purchased per store visit; and

• weather conditions.

Opening new stores is an important part of our growth strategy. As we continue to pursue our growth strategy, we expect that a significant percentage of our net sales will continue to come from new stores not included in comparable store sales. Accordingly, comparable store sales is only one measure we use to assess the success of our growth strategy.

Cost of Goods Sold and Gross Profit

Gross profit is equal to our net sales less our cost of goods sold. Gross margin is gross profit as a percentage of our net sales. Cost of goods sold reflects the direct costs of purchased merchandise and inbound freight, as well as store occupancy, distribution and buying expenses. Store occupancy costs include rent, common area maintenance, utilities and property taxes for all store locations. Distribution costs include costs for receiving, processing, warehousing and shipping of merchandise to or from our distribution centers and between store locations. Buying costs include compensation expense and other costs for our internal buying organization, including our merchandising and product development team and our planning and allocation group.

These costs are significant and can be expected to continue to increase as our company grows. The components of our cost of goods sold may not be comparable to the components of cost of goods sold or similar measures of our competitors and other retailers. As a result, data in this Annual Report regarding our gross profit and gross margin may not be comparable to similar data made available by our competitors and other retailers.

The variable component of our cost of goods sold is higher in higher volume quarters because the variable component of our cost of goods sold generally increases as net sales increase. We regularly analyze the components of gross profit as well as gross margin. Any inability to obtain acceptable levels of initial markups, a significant increase in our use of markdowns, and a significant increase in inventory shrinkage or inability to generate sufficient sales leverage on the store occupancy, distribution

31

and buying components of costs of goods sold could have an adverse impact on our gross profit and results of operations. Changes in the mix of our products may also impact our overall cost of goods sold.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative, or SG&A, expenses are composed of payroll and other compensation, marketing and advertising expense, depreciation and amortization expense and other selling and administrative expenses. SG&A expenses as a percentage of net sales are usually higher in lower sales volume quarters and lower in higher sales volume quarters.

The components of our SG&A expenses may not be comparable to those of other retailers. We expect that our SG&A expenses will increase in future periods due to our continuing store growth. In addition, any increase in future share-based grants or modifications will increase our share-based compensation expense included in SG&A.

Operating Income

Operating income equals gross profit less SG&A expenses. Operating income excludes interest expense or income, loss on debt extinguishment and income tax expense or benefit. We use operating income as an indicator of the productivity of our business and our ability to manage SG&A expenses. Operating income percentage measures operating income as a percentage of our net sales.

32

Results of Consolidated Operations

The following tables summarize key components of our results of consolidated operations for the periods indicated, both in dollars and as a percentage of our net sales.

	Fiscal Year
	2014			2013			2012
	(in millions, except total stores)
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data (1):
Net sales	$	680.2		$	535.4		$	418.8
Cost of goods sold	442.4			347.4			269.0
Gross profit	237.8			188.0			149.8
Selling, general and administrative expenses (2)	160.8			134.3			112.2
Operating income	77.0			53.7			37.7
Interest expense, net	0.1			1.5			2.4
Loss on debt extinguishment	0.2			0.3			1.6
Other income	—			—			(0.4		)
Income before income taxes	76.7			52.0			34.1
Income tax expense	28.6			19.8			14.1
Net income	$	48.0		$	32.1		$	20.0
Percentage of Net Sales (1):
Net sales	100.0		%	100.0		%	100.0		%
Cost of goods sold	65.0		%	64.9		%	64.2		%
Gross profit	35.0		%	35.1		%	35.8		%
Selling, general and administrative expenses (2)	23.6		%	25.1		%	26.8		%
Operating income	11.3		%	10.0		%	9.0		%
Interest expense, net	—		%	0.3		%	0.6		%
Loss on debt extinguishment	—		%	—		%	0.4		%
Other income	—		%	—		%	(0.1		)%
Income before income taxes	11.3		%	9.7		%	8.1		%
Income tax expense	4.2		%	3.7		%	3.4		%
Net income	7.1		%	6.0		%	4.8		%
Operational Data:
Total stores at end of period	366			304			244
Comparable stores sales growth	3.4		%	4.0		%	7.1		%
Average net sales per store (3)	$	1.9		$	1.9		$	1.8

(1) Components may not add to total due to rounding.

(2) Fiscal 2014, 2013 and 2012 includes $0.9 million, $6.1 million and $10.5 million of share-based compensation expense that relates to the cancellation of certain stock options, in exchange for the grant of restricted shares and on-going expense recognition of the awards over the remaining vesting period. In addition, fiscal 2013 and 2012 each include $1.0 million of expenses related to legal, accounting, and other fees in connection with secondary public offerings.

(3) Only includes stores open during the full fiscal year.

33

Fiscal Year 2014 Compared to Fiscal Year 2013

Net Sales

Net sales increased to $680.2 million in fiscal year 2014 from $535.4 million in fiscal year 2013, an increase of $144.8 million, or 27.0%. The increase was the result of a non-comparable store sales increase of $128.3 million and a comparable store sales increase of $16.5 million. In fiscal year 2014, we opened 62 new stores compared to 60 net new stores in fiscal year 2013. The increase in non-comparable store sales was primarily driven by new stores and the number of stores that opened in fiscal 2013 but have not been open for 15 full months.

Comparable store sales increased3.4% for fiscal year 2014 compared to fiscal year 2013. This increase resulted from an increase of approximately 2.0% in the average dollar value of transactions and an increase of approximately 1.4% in the number of transactions in our stores.

Cost of Goods Sold and Gross Profit

Cost of goods sold increased to $442.4 million in fiscal year 2014 from $347.4 million in fiscal year 2013, an increase of $95.0 million, or 27.4%. The increase in cost of goods sold was primarily the result of an increase in the merchandise costs of goods resulting from an increase in sales. Also contributing to the increase in cost of goods sold was an increase in store occupancy costs resulting from new store openings and an increase in distribution costs, primarily due to the increase in net sales.

Gross profit increased to $237.8 million in fiscal year 2014 from $188.0 million in fiscal year 2013, an increase of $49.8 million, or 26.5%. Gross margin decreased to 35.0% for fiscal year 2014 from 35.1% in fiscal year 2013, a decrease of approximately 10 basis points. The decrease in gross margin was primarily driven by an increase in store occupancy costs.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased to $160.8 million in fiscal year 2014 from $134.3 million in fiscal year 2013, an increase of $26.5 million, or 19.7%. As a percentage of net sales, SG&A expenses decreased approximately 150 basis points to 23.6% in fiscal year 2014 compared to 25.1% in fiscal year 2013. The increase in SG&A expense was primarily the result of increases of $24.6 million in store-related expenses to support new store growth and $6.4 million of corporate-related expenses, partially offset by a decrease of $3.5 million in share-based compensation expense and $1.0 million of fees related to our secondary public offering that was incurred during fiscal year 2013. The decrease in share-based compensation expense was primarily driven by the decrease of $5.2 million related to the cancellation of certain stock options in exchange for the grant of restricted shares in March 2012. The remaining expense and vesting related to the cancellation of certain stock options in exchange for the grant of restricted shares from March 2012 was recognized during the first quarter of fiscal 2014. This decrease in share-based compensation expense was partially offset by new equity grants in fiscal 2014. In fiscal 2015, we expect to incur incremental costs related to the leadership investments we made in fiscal 2014 and costs related to the transition to the new distribution center.

Interest Expense, Net

Interest expense, net decreased to $0.1 million in fiscal year 2014 from $1.5 million of interest expense, net in fiscal year 2013, a decrease of $1.4 million. The decrease in interest expense resulted mainly from the decrease in the outstanding balance of our Term Loan Facility (see -“Liquidity and Capital Resources-Term Loan Facility” section below). In February 2014, we repaid the remaining principal balance outstanding under the Term Loan Facility of $19.5 million.

Loss on Debt Extinguishment

Loss on debt extinguishment was $0.2 million in fiscal year 2014 and was due to the $19.5 million repayment of the remaining principal balance outstanding on the $100.0 million Term Loan Facility in February 2014. Loss on debt extinguishment was $0.3 million in fiscal year 2013 and was due to a $15.0 million payment of principal on the $100.0 million Term Loan Facility in May 2013.

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense increased to $28.6 million in fiscal year 2014 from $19.8 million in fiscal year 2013, an increase of $8.8 million, or approximately 44.5%. This increase in income tax expense was primarily the result of a $24.7 million increase in pre-tax net income. Our effective tax rate for fiscal year 2014 was 37.4% compared to 38.1% in fiscal year 2013. Our effective tax rate for fiscal year 2014 was lower than the comparable period as a result of changes in the mix of pretax income across state jurisdictions and the Company's operating entities as a result of the Restructuring.

34

Net Income

As a result of the foregoing, net income increased to $48.0 million in fiscal year 2014 from $32.1 million in fiscal year 2013, an increase of approximately $15.9 million, or 49.4%.

Fiscal Year 2013 Compared to Fiscal Year 2012

Net Sales

Net sales increased to $535.4 million in fiscal year 2013, which consisted of a 52-week fiscal year, from $418.8 million in fiscal year 2012, which consisted of a 53-week fiscal year, an increase of $116.6 million, or 27.8%. The increase was the result of a non-comparable store sales increase of $102.0 million and a comparable store sales increase of $14.6 million. In fiscal year 2013, we opened 60 net new stores compared to 52 new stores in fiscal year 2012. The increase in non-comparable store sales was primarily driven by new stores and the number of stores that opened in fiscal 2012 but have not been open for 15 full months.

Comparable store sales increased 4.0% for fiscal year 2013 compared to fiscal year 2012. This increase resulted from an increase of approximately 4.8% in the number of transactions in our stores offset by a decrease in the average dollar value of transactions of approximately 0.8%.

Cost of Goods Sold and Gross Profit

Cost of goods sold increased to $347.4 million in fiscal year 2013 from $269.0 million in fiscal year 2012, an increase of $78.4 million, or 29.1%. The increase in cost of goods sold was primarily the result of a $57.0 million increase in the merchandise costs of goods resulting from an increase in sales, and a $12.2 million increase in store occupancy costs resulting from new store openings and a $7.0 million increase in distribution costs, primarily due to the increase in sales as well as the opening of a second distribution center.

Gross profit increased to $188.0 million in fiscal year 2013 from $149.8 million in fiscal year 2012, an increase of $38.2 million, or 25.5%. Gross margin decreased to 35.1% for fiscal year 2013 from 35.8% in fiscal year 2012, a decrease of approximately 70 basis points. The decrease in gross margin was primarily the result of an increase of approximately 60 basis points in distribution costs due to the opening of a second distribution center.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased to $134.3 million in fiscal year 2013 from $112.2 million in fiscal year 2012, an increase of $22.1 million, or 19.7%. As a percentage of net sales, SG&A expenses decreased 170 basis points to 25.1% in fiscal year 2013 compared to 26.8% in fiscal year 2012. The increase in SG&A expense was primarily the result of increases of $21.0 million in store-related expenses to support new store growth and $4.5 million of corporate-related expenses, partially offset by a decrease of $3.4 million in share-based compensation expense primarily related to the cancellation of certain stock options in exchange for the grant of restricted shares in March 2012. The remaining expense related to the cancellation of certain stock options in exchange for the grant of restricted shares from March 2012 was recognized in March 2014, when these shares became fully vested.

Interest Expense, Net

Interest expense, net decreased to $1.5 million in fiscal year 2013 from $2.4 million of interest expense, net in fiscal year 2012, a decrease of $0.9 million. The decrease in interest expense resulted mainly from the decrease in the outstanding balance of our Term Loan Facility (see -“Liquidity and Capital Resources-Term Loan Facility” section below).

Loss on Debt Extinguishment

Loss on debt extinguishment decreased to $0.3 million in fiscal year 2013 from $1.6 million in fiscal year 2012, a decrease of $1.3 million. The decrease in the loss on debt extinguishment is due to the $15.0 million repayment on the $100.0 million Term Loan Facility during fiscal year 2013 compared to the $65.5 million of repayments that were made during fiscal year 2012.

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense increased to $19.8 million in fiscal year 2013 from $14.1 million in fiscal year 2012, an increase of $5.7 million, or approximately 40.8%. This increase in income tax expense was primarily the result of a $17.9 million increase in pre-tax net income. Our effective tax rate for fiscal year 2013 was 38.1% compared to 41.3% in fiscal year 2012. Our

35

effective tax rate for fiscal year 2013 was lower than the comparable period as a result of changes in the mix of pretax income across state jurisdictions and the Company's operating entities as a result of the Restructuring.

Net Income

As a result of the foregoing, net income increased to $32.1 million in fiscal year 2013 from $20.0 million in fiscal year 2012 an increase of approximately $12.1 million, or 60.5%.

Seasonality

Our business is seasonal in nature with the highest level of net sales and net income generated in the fourth fiscal quarter due to the year-end holiday season and therefore, operating results for any fiscal quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for the full fiscal year. To prepare for the holiday season, we must order and keep in stock more merchandise than we carry during other parts of the year. We expect inventory levels, along with an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses, generally to reach their highest levels in the third and fourth fiscal quarters in anticipation of the increased net sales during the year-end holiday season. As a result of this seasonality, and generally because of variation in consumer spending habits, we experience fluctuations in net sales, net income and working capital requirements during the year.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

Our primary sources of liquidity are cash flows from operations, historical equity financings and borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility (defined in “-Line of Credit”). Our primary cash needs are for capital expenditures and working capital. During fiscal 2012, we also entered into a Term Loan Facility (defined in “-Term Loan Facility”) and used the proceeds to pay the 2012 Dividend in May 2012. As of January 31, 2015, we had no balance outstanding under the Term Loan Facility as we repaid the remaining principal balance outstanding under the Term Loan Facility in February 2014.

Capital expenditures typically vary depending on the timing of new store openings and infrastructure-related investments. We plan to make capital expenditures of approximately $56 million in fiscal 2015, which we expect to fund from cash generated from operations. We expect to devote approximately $22 million of our capital expenditure budget in fiscal 2015 to construct and open 70 new stores, with the remainder projected to be spent on our distribution centers, including the new distribution center in Pedricktown, New Jersey, corporate infrastructure and store relocations and remodels.

Our primary working capital requirements are for the purchase of store inventory and payment of payroll, rent, other store operating costs and distribution costs. Our working capital requirements fluctuate during the year, rising in the third and fourth fiscal quarters as we take title to increasing quantities of inventory in anticipation of our peak, year-end holiday shopping season in the fourth fiscal quarter. Fluctuations in working capital are also driven by the timing of new store openings.

Historically, we have funded our capital expenditures and working capital requirements during the fiscal year with cash on hand, net cash provided by operating activities and borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility. When we have used our Revolving Credit Facility, the amount of indebtedness outstanding under it has tended to be the highest in the beginning of the fourth quarter of each fiscal year. To the extent that we have drawn on the facility, we have paid down the borrowings before the end of the fiscal year with cash generated during our peak selling season in the fourth quarter. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, we borrowed approximately $7.0 million under our Revolving Credit Facility, which we repaid before the end of the quarter and incurred minimal interest.

In connection with the Restructuring, on June 12, 2013, we amended and restated the Loan and Security Agreement (defined in “-Line of Credit”) and certain other ancillary documents to our Revolving Credit Facility in order to, among other things, allow us to form and capitalize the Subsidiary and make the Subsidiary a party to the Loan and Security Agreement as a guarantor of our obligations thereunder. The Subsidiary also acceded to the credit agreement and certain ancillary documents to our Term Loan Facility as a guarantor of our obligations thereunder.

Based on our growth plans, we believe that our cash position, net cash provided by operating activities and availability under our Revolving Credit Facility will be adequate to finance our planned capital expenditures, working capital requirements and debt service over the next 12 months and for the foreseeable future thereafter. If cash flows from operations and borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility are not sufficient or available to meet our requirements, then we will be required to obtain additional equity or debt financing in the future. There can be no assurance that equity or debt financing will be available to us when we need it or, if available, that the terms will be satisfactory to us and not dilutive to our then-current shareholders.

36

Cash Flows

A summary of our cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities is presented in the following table (in millions):

	Fiscal
	2014			2013			2012
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	61.4		$	31.2		$	30.4
Net cash used in investing activities	(32.3		)	(25.9		)	(22.9		)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities	(16.1		)	(11.2		)	7.3
Net increase (decrease) during period in cash and cash equivalents (1)	$	13.0		$	(5.9	)	$	14.8

(1) Components may not add to total due to rounding.

Cash Provided by Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities for fiscal 2014 was $61.4 million, an increase of $30.2 million compared to fiscal 2013. The increase was primarily due to an increase in operating cash flows from store performance. During fiscal 2014, we added 62 new stores and expect to add approximately 70 new stores in fiscal 2015.

Net cash provided by operating activities for fiscal 2013 was $31.2 million, an increase of $0.8 million compared to fiscal 2012. The increase was primarily due to an increase in operating cash flows from store performance offset by an increase in taxes paid of $14.2 million. During fiscal 2013, we added 60 net new stores and expect to add approximately 62 new stores in fiscal 2014.

Cash Used in Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities for fiscal 2014 was $32.3 million, an increase of $6.4 million compared to fiscal 2013 related solely to capital expenditures. The increase in capital expenditures was primarily for our new store construction, our distribution facilities and our corporate infrastructure.

Net cash used in investing activities for fiscal 2013 was $25.9 million, an increase of $3.0 million compared to fiscal 2012 related solely to capital expenditures. The increase in capital expenditures was primarily for our new store construction, our corporate infrastructure and our distribution facilities.

Cash (Used in) Provided by Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities for fiscal year 2014 was $16.1 million, an increase of $4.9 million compared to net cash used in financing activities of $11.2 million in fiscal year 2013. The increase in net cash used in financing activities was primarily the result of the $19.5 million principal repayment on the Term Loan Facility in fiscal year 2014 compared to the $15.0 million principal repayment on the Term Loan Facility during fiscal year 2013. As of January 31, 2015, there was no balance outstanding under the Term Loan Facility.

Net cash used in financing activities for fiscal year 2013 was $11.2 million, an increase of $18.5 million compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $7.3 million in fiscal year 2012. The increase in net cash used in financing activities was primarily the result of the $15.0 million principal repayment on the Term Loan Facility in fiscal year 2013 compared to $100.0 million of proceeds from our Term Loan Facility and $73.2 million of net proceeds from our initial public offering, partially offset by $99.5 million of dividend payments, and the $65.5 million of principal repayments on the Term Loan Facility during fiscal year 2012.

Term Loan Facility

On May 16, 2012, we entered into a $100.0 million Term Loan Facility with Goldman Sachs Bank USA as administrative agent for a syndicate of lenders (the “Term Loan Facility”). We used the net proceeds from the Term Loan Facility and cash on hand to pay a dividend on our common and preferred stock, totaling $99.5 million. In February 2014, we repaid the remaining principal balance outstanding under the Term Loan Facility of $19.5 million.

37

Line of Credit

On August 18, 2006, we entered into a loan and security agreement (the “Loan and Security Agreement”) that included a revolving line of credit with advances tied to a borrowing base. The Loan and Security Agreement has been amended and/or restated several times, the latest on June 12, 2013 (as amended and restated, the “Revolving Credit Facility”), generally to extend the maturity date, increase maximum borrowings, adjust the applicable interest rates, permit the formation and capitalization of subsidiaries, make the Subsidiary a party to the agreement as a guarantor of our obligations and modify certain definitions.

The Revolving Credit Facility allows maximum borrowings of $20.0 million with advances tied to a borrowing base and expires on the earliest to occur of (i) May 16, 2017 or (ii) upon the occurrence of an event of default. The Revolving Credit Facility may be increased to $30.0 million upon certain conditions. The Revolving Credit Facility includes a $5.0 million sub limit for the issuance of letters of credit. The borrowing base is 90% of eligible credit card receivables plus 90% of the net recovery percentage of eligible inventory less established reserves.

The Revolving Credit Facility provides for interest on borrowings, at our option, at (a) a prime rate plus a margin of (i) 0.75%if excess availability is greater than or equal to 75%, (ii) 1.0% if excess availability is less than 75%but greater than or equal to 33% or (iii) 1.25%if excess availability is less than 33% or (b) a LIBOR-based rate plus a margin of (i) 1.75% if excess availability is greater than or equal to 75%, (ii)2.00% if excess availability is less than 75% but greater than or equal to 33% or (iii) 2.25% if excess availability is less than 33%. The Revolving Credit Facility further provides for a letter of credit fee equal to the LIBOR-based rate plus (i) 1.75% if excess availability is greater than or equal to 75%, (ii) 2.00%if excess availability is less than 75% but greater than or equal to 33% or (iii) 2.25% if excess availability is less than 33%. The Revolving Credit Facility also contains an unused credit facility fee of 0.375% per annum and is subject to a servicing fee of approximately $12.0 thousand per year.

The Revolving Credit Facility includes a covenant which requires us to maintain minimum excess collateral availability of no less than the greater of (i) 10%of the then effective maximum credit and (ii)$3.0 million.

The Revolving Credit Facility also includes customary negative and affirmative covenants including, among others, limitations on our ability to (i) incur additional debt; (ii) create liens; (iii) make certain investments, loans and advances; (iv) sell assets; (v) pay dividends or make distributions or other restricted payments; (vi) engage in mergers or consolidations; or (vii) change our business.

Additionally, the Revolving Credit Facility is subject to payment upon the receipt of certain proceeds, including those from the sale of certain assets and is subject to an increase in the interest rate on borrowings and the letter of credit fee of 2.0% upon an event of default. Amounts under the Revolving Credit Facility may become due upon certain events of default including, among others, failure to comply with the Revolving Credit Facility’s covenants, bankruptcy, default on certain other indebtedness or a change in control.

During fiscal 2014, we borrowed approximately $7.0 million under our Revolving Credit Facility during the fourth quarter, which we repaid before the end of the quarter and incurred minimal interest. During fiscal 2013, we had no borrowings or interest expense under the Revolving Credit Facility. As of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, we had approximately $20.0 million available on the line of credit.

All obligations under the Revolving Credit Facility are secured by substantially all of our assets and are guaranteed by the Subsidiary. As of January 31, 2015, we were in compliance with the covenants applicable to us under the Revolving Credit Facility.

Stock Split

On July 17, 2012, we amended our articles of incorporation to reflect a 0.3460-for-1 reverse stock split of our common stock. The amendment also changed the authorized shares of our common stock to 120,000,000 shares. Concurrent with the reverse stock split, we adjusted (i) the conversion price of our Series A 8% Convertible Preferred Stock, (ii) the number of shares subject to and the exercise price of our outstanding stock option awards under our equity incentive plan and (iii) the number of shares subject to and the exercise price of our outstanding warrants to equitably reflect the split. All common stock share and per-share data presented in this Annual Report gives effect to the reverse stock split and the change in authorized shares and have been adjusted retroactively for all periods presented.

38

Initial Public Offering

On July 24, 2012, we completed our IPO of 11,057,692 shares of common stock at a price of $17.00 per share. The common stock was listed on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “FIVE.” The shares sold in the IPO were registered under the Securities Act, pursuant to our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-180780), which was declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 18, 2012. Of the 11,057,692 shares sold in the IPO, we issued 4,807,692 shares, and 6,250,000 shares were sold by selling shareholders, including 1,442,308 shares sold pursuant to the exercise in full of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. We did not receive any proceeds from shares sold by the selling shareholders. We received proceeds of approximately $73.2 million, net of approximately $8.5 million in underwriting discounts and legal, accounting and other fees incurred in connection with the IPO. Of the $73.2 million net proceeds received from the IPO, approximately $65.3 million and $0.7 million, respectively, were used to repay principal and interest under our Term Loan Facility that existed as of the date of the IPO. The remaining net proceeds of the IPO were used for general corporate purposes, including working capital.

Secondary Public Offerings

On February 4, 2013, we completed a secondary public offering of 13,012,250 shares of common stock at a price of $35.65 per share. The shares sold in the secondary public offering were registered under the Securities Act, pursuant to our Registration Statements on Form S-1 (File No. 333-186043 and File No. 333-186275), which were declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 29, 2013. All of the shares sold in the secondary public offering were sold by selling shareholders and we did not receive any proceeds. We did incur fees of approximately $1.0 million related to legal, accounting, and other fees in connection with the secondary public offering in fiscal 2012, which are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the fiscal 2012 consolidated statement of operations.

On July 1, 2013, we completed a secondary public offering of 6,900,000 shares of common stock at a price of $36.00 per share. The shares sold in the secondary public offering were registered under the Securities Act, pursuant to our registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-188578), which was declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 26, 2013. All of the shares sold in the secondary public offering were sold by selling shareholders and we did not receive any proceeds. We incurred fees of approximately $1.0 million related to legal, accounting and other fees in connection with the secondary public offering in fiscal 2013, which are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the fiscal 2013 consolidated statement of operations.

On September 23, 2013, we completed a secondary public stock offering of 7,100,000 shares of common stock at a price of $46.65 per share. The shares sold in the secondary public offering were registered under the Securities Act pursuant to our registration statement on Form S-3 (File 333-191210), which was declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 17, 2013. All of the shares sold in the secondary public offering were sold by selling shareholders, and we did not receive any proceeds. The selling shareholders agreed to bear all of the offering expenses related to legal, accounting and other fees in connection with the secondary public offering.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

We have identified the policies below as critical to our business operations and understanding of our consolidated results of operations. The impact and any associated risks related to these policies on our business operations are discussed throughout “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” where such policies affect our reported and expected financial results. Our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, require us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates. For a detailed discussion on the application of these and other accounting policies, see Note 1 in our annual consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

Inventories

Inventories consist of finished goods purchased for resale, including freight, and are stated at the lower of cost or market value, at the individual product level. Cost is determined on a weighted average cost method which approximates a FIFO (first-in, first-out) basis. The market value used in the lower of cost or market analysis is subject to the effects of consumer demands, customer preferences and the broader economy. The effects of the previously listed criteria are not controllable by management. Our management reviews inventory levels in order to identify obsolete and slow-moving merchandise as these factors can indicate a decline in the market value of inventory on hand. Inventory cost is reduced when the selling price less costs of disposal is below cost. We accrue an estimate for inventory shrink for the period between the last physical count and the balance sheet date. The shrink estimate can be affected by changes in merchandise mix and changes in actual shrink trends.

39

These estimates are derived using available data and our historical experience. Our estimates may be impacted by changes in certain underlying assumptions and may not be indicative of future activity.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets, such as property and equipment, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. Assets are grouped and evaluated for impairment at the lowest level of which there are identifiable cash flows, which is generally at a store level. Assets are reviewed for impairment using factors including, but not limited to, our future operating plans and projected cash flows. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its estimated undiscounted future cash flows, then an impairment charge is recognized as the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. Fair value is based on discounted future cash flows of the asset using a discount rate commensurate with the risk. In the event of a store closure, we will record an impairment charge, if appropriate, or accelerate depreciation over the revised useful life of the asset. Based on the analysis performed, our management believes that there was no impairment of long-lived assets for each of the 2014, 2013 and 2012 fiscal years. The impairment loss analysis requires management to apply judgment and make estimates.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset-and-liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. We recognize the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs.

We record a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets when uncertainty regarding their realizability exists. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, our management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Our management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment.

Share-Based Compensation

Our share-based compensation expense is measured at the grant date, based on the calculated fair value of the award, and is recognized as an expense on a straight-line basis over the employee's requisite service period (generally the vesting period of the equity grant). We recognize compensation expense based on the estimated grant date fair value of restricted stock awards and use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model for grants of stock options. The determination of the grant date fair value of options using an option-pricing model is affected by a number of assumptions, such as our common stock fair value, our expected stock price volatility over the expected term of the options, stock option exercise and cancellation behaviors, risk-free interest rates and expected dividends. As a result, if any of the inputs or assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model change significantly, share-based compensation for future awards may differ materially compared with the awards granted previously.

We account for share-based compensation for non-employee stock options by using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and record expense as the options vest. Non-employee options subject to vesting are required to be periodically revalued over their service period, which is generally the same as the vesting period.

There are significant judgments and estimates inherent in the determination of fair value of share-based awards. These judgments and estimates include determinations of an appropriate valuation method and the selection of appropriate inputs to be used in the valuation model. The use of alternative assumptions, including expected term, volatility, risk-free interest rate and dividend yield, could cause share-based compensation to differ significantly from what has been recorded in the past. Future share-based compensation cost will increase when we grant additional equity awards. Modifications, cancellations or repurchases of awards may require us to accelerate any remaining unearned share-based compensation cost or incur additional cost.

Prior to our IPO, we were a private company with no active public market for our common stock. Therefore, prior to the IPO, in connection with each grant of equity, the fair value of the common stock underlying the awards was determined by our board of directors, which intended all stock options granted to be exercisable at a price per share not less than the per share fair value of our common stock underlying those stock options on the date of grant. We determined the estimated per share fair

40

value of our common stock using contemporaneous valuations consistent with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, or the Practice Aid. In conducting these valuations, we considered all objective and subjective factors that we believed to be relevant, including our best estimate of our business condition, prospects and operating performance at the valuation date. Management, with the assistance of a third-party valuation firm engaged by us, used a range of factors, assumptions and methodologies to perform the valuations. The significant factors included:

• the fact that we were a private retail company with illiquid securities;

• our historical operating results;

• our discounted future cash flows, based on our projected operating results;

• the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of common stock underlying these stock options, such as an initial public offering or sale of our company, given prevailing market conditions;

• valuation of comparable public companies at the time of grant;

• the U.S. and global capital market conditions; and

• outlook for our industry at the time of grant.

After review of the fair value analysis, our board of directors authorized the use of at least that fair value as the value for restricted shares granted and the exercise price for options granted on the date of that valuation report.

To determine the estimated fair value of our common stock in relation to stock grants prior to our IPO, we conducted valuation analyses with the assistance of a third-party valuation firm that had experience in the retail industry. We considered three enterprise value allocation methods outlined in the Practice Aid. The Practice Aid discussed three “top-down” methods that establish the fair value of the enterprise and then allocate this value among the various classes of equity. These methods are referred to as: (i) the current-value method, (ii) the option-pricing method and (iii) the probability-weighted expected return method, or PWERM. For our valuations, we used the PWERM for three discrete scenarios: continuation as a private company (i.e., no liquidity event), initial public offering, and strategic sale or merger. Management determined the likelihood of these various outcomes to further support the selection of this method.

Under the PWERM, the value of our common stock was estimated based upon an analysis of future enterprise values under the aforementioned scenarios. The future enterprise values were allocated among the various equity classes expected to be outstanding at the various liquidity events based on the rights and preferences of each class. The future value of the common stock under each liquidation event was then discounted back to the valuation date at an appropriate risk-adjusted discount rate and probability weighted to arrive at an indication of value for the common stock. For the continue as a private company scenario, discounts for lack of marketability and lack of control, to account for the illiquidity of the common stock and a minority holding, were applied to the indicated common stock value to determine the fair value of the common stock. As of each valuation date described below, the probability of an exit via an initial public offering or strategic sale or merger was considered significantly more likely than remaining a private company. As such, a lower probability was assigned to the continue as a private company scenario at each valuation date based on management's best estimate. Moreover, the exit via an initial public offering scenario was considered to be significantly more likely than an exit via a strategic sale or merger. Each of the liquidity event dates determined by management was weighted based on the likelihood of the initial public offering timing at these dates.

After consideration of conventional valuation approaches, we concluded that the income and market approach were most appropriate to determine the fair value of our common stock under the continuation as a private company scenario. The income approach is a valuation technique that provides an estimation of the fair value of a business based upon the cash flows that it can be expected to generate over time. The market approach is a valuation technique that provides an estimation of fair value based on market prices of publicly traded companies. With regard to weighting the conclusions that were reached by applying the income and market approaches, we considered the quality and the reliability of the data underlying each indication of value at each valuation date. Based on management's analysis of the underlying data, the weighting of value between the income and market approaches was adjusted to provide the most reliable indication of value. It was our opinion that while both approaches provide reliable value indications, the income approach was considered to provide a slightly more reliable indication of value because it assumed that a hypothetical investor in our securities would place more importance on the projected operations and forecasted future financial performance given the above average growth trajectory. Therefore, primary emphasis and weighting was placed on the income approach under the continue as a private company scenario.

Under the initial public offering scenario, the fair value of our common shares was based upon transactions of publicly traded companies (“guideline companies”) engaged in a line (or lines) of business similar to us (the “public company method”). In conjunction with guidance from our Board of Directors and independent valuation firm, a search for guideline companies was made which revealed numerous publicly-traded companies in the “discount stores” and “teen brands” retail industry. Beginning with our November 2011 valuation, guideline companies in the “high growth” retail industry were included in our

41

analysis to better compare the nature of our business with other comparable companies. Though the selected guideline companies differed in some respects from our business, they were generally influenced by similar business and economic conditions and were considered to offer alternative investment opportunities. The application of the public company method utilized market multiples based on current market prices together with historical and forecasted financial data of the publicly traded guideline companies. Selected market multiples derived in the analysis were then applied to our historical or projected financial results to arrive at indications of value.

Subsequent to the date of our IPO, the fair value of restricted stock awards are based on the closing price of our common stock on the grant date and the fair value of stock options are based on the Black-Scholes option-pricing model utilizing the closing price of our common stock on the grant date as the fair value of common stock in the model. We utilize the simplified method to estimate the expected term of the option. The expected volatility incorporates historical and implied volatility of similar entities whose share prices are publicly available. The risk-free rate for the expected term of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued an accounting standards update that clarifies the principles for recognizing revenue from contracts with customers. The update outlines a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and supersedes most current revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance. The guidance is effective for the interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2016. The update allows for a “full retrospective” adoption, meaning the update is applied to all periods presented, or a “modified retrospective” adoption, meaning the update is applied only to the most current period presented in the financial statements. Early adoption is not permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the update will have on its financial position, results of operations, cash flows and financial statement disclosures.

42

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes, as of January 31, 2015, our minimum rental commitments under operating lease agreements including assumed extensions, minimum payments for long-term debt and other obligations in future periods:

(In millions)	Payments Due By Period
	Total (1)		Less than 1 year		1-3 years		3-5 years		More than 5 years
Operating lease obligations (2)	$	539.6	$	64.7	$	129.5	$	125.4	$	220.0
Purchase obligations (3)	2.9		2.9		—		—		—
Total	$	542.5	$	67.6	$	129.5	$	125.4	$	220.0

(1) The amounts in this table exclude obligations under employment agreements. For a discussion of the compensation of our executive officers, see Part III, Item 11 “Executive Compensation”.

(2) Our store leases generally have initial lease terms of 10 years and include renewal options on substantially the same terms and conditions as the original lease. Also included in operating leases are our leases for the corporate office and distribution centers. We signed a lease for a new distribution center in Pedricktown, New Jersey, which we expect to begin in fiscal 2015, that has future minimum lease payments of approximately $44.6 million and expires in 2025.

(3) Purchase obligations are primarily for materials that will be used in the construction of new stores and purchase commitments for infrastructure and systems that will be used by the corporate office and distribution centers.

From February 1, 2015 to March 26, 2015, we committed to 10 new store leases with terms of 10 years that have future minimum lease payments of approximately $24.2 million.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

For the fiscal year endedJanuary 31, 2015, except for operating leases entered into in the normal course of business, we were not party to any material off-balance sheet arrangements that are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, net sales, expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Interest Rate Risk

Our principal market risk relates to interest rate sensitivity, which is the risk that future changes in interest rates will reduce our net income or net assets. We have a Revolving Credit Facility which includes a revolving line of credit with advances tied to a borrowing base, which bears interest at a variable rate. Because our Revolving Credit Facility bears interest at a variable rate, we will be exposed to market risks relating to changes in interest rates.

As of January 31, 2015, we had no borrowings outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility. The Revolving Credit Facility provides for interest on borrowings, at the Company's option, at (a) a prime rate plus a margin of (i) 0.75%if excess availability is greater than or equal to 75%, (ii) 1.0% if excess availability is less than 75%but greater than or equal to 33% or (iii) 1.25%if excess availability is less than 33% or (b) a LIBOR-based rate plus a margin of (i) 1.75% if excess availability is greater than or equal to 75%, (ii)2.00% if excess availability is less than 75% but greater than or equal to 33% or (iii) 2.25% if excess availability is less than 33%. The Revolving Credit Facility further provides for a letter of credit fee equal to the LIBOR-based rate plus (i) 1.75% if excess availability is greater than or equal to 75%, (ii) 2.00%if excess availability is less than 75% but greater than or equal to 33% or (iii) 2.25% if excess availability is less than 33%. We do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes, but this does not preclude our adoption of specific hedging strategies in the future.

Impact of Inflation

Our results of operations and financial condition are presented based on historical cost. While it is difficult to accurately measure the impact of inflation due to the imprecise nature of the estimates required, we believe the effects of inflation, if any, on our historical results of operations and financial condition have been immaterial. We cannot assure you, however, that our results of operations and financial condition will not be materially impacted by inflation in the future.

43

ITEM 8. CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

FIVE BELOW, INC.

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

	Page
Report of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	45
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014	46
Consolidated Statements of Operations for Fiscal Years 2014, 2013 and 2012	47
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Convertible Preferred Stock and Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit) for Fiscal Years 2014, 2013 and 2012	48
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for Fiscal Years 2014, 2013 and 2012	49
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	50

44

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Five Below, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Five Below, Inc. and subsidiary as of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in convertible preferred stock and shareholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended January 31, 2015. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Five Below, Inc. and subsidiary as of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended January 31, 2015, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Five Below, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of January 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated March 26, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

March 26, 2015

45

FIVE BELOW, INC.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

	January 31, 2015			February 1, 2014
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	63,186		$	50,184
Inventories	115,652			89,377
Prepaid income taxes	1,939			1,497
Deferred income taxes	8,623			4,586
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	18,180			15,255
Total current assets	207,580			160,899
Property and equipment, net	86,998			70,381
Deferred income taxes	—			232
Other assets	284			542
	$	294,862		$	232,054
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Current liabilities:
Line of credit	$	—		$	—
Current portion of note payable	—			19,500
Accounts payable	39,222			34,013
Income taxes payable	14,442			6,007
Accrued salaries and wages	5,275			2,672
Other accrued expenses	20,462			17,550
Total current liabilities	79,401			79,742
Deferred rent and other	40,450			35,439
Deferred income taxes	742			—
Total liabilities	120,593			115,181
Commitments and contingencies (note 4)
Shareholders’ equity:
Common stock, $0.01 par value. Authorized 120,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 54,420,228 and 54,190,724 shares, respectively.	544			542
Additional paid-in capital	293,992			284,622
Accumulated deficit	(120,267		)	(168,291		)
Total shareholders’ equity	174,269			116,873
	$	294,862		$	232,054

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

46

FIVE BELOW, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

	Fiscal Year
	2014			2013			2012
Net sales	$	680,218		$	535,402		$	418,825
Cost of goods sold	442,427			347,386			268,989
Gross profit	237,791			188,016			149,836
Selling, general and administrative expenses	160,775			134,279			112,182
Operating income	77,016			53,737			37,654
Interest expense, net	125			1,513			2,374
Loss on debt extinguishment	244			266			1,594
Other income	(12		)	—			(408		)
Income before income taxes	76,659			51,958			34,094
Income tax expense	28,635			19,816			14,069
Net income	48,024			32,142			20,025
Dividend paid to preferred and unvested restricted shareholders	—			—			(65,403		)
Net income attributable to participating securities	(20		)	(465		)	—
Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders	$	48,004		$	31,677		$	(45,378	)
Basic income (loss) per common share	$	0.89		$	0.59		$	(1.28	)
Diluted income (loss) per common share	$	0.88		$	0.59		$	(1.28	)
Dividends declared and paid per common share	$	—		$	—		$	2.02
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic shares	54,219,801			53,294,805			35,444,200
Diluted shares	54,573,855			53,741,860			35,444,200

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

47

FIVE BELOW, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Convertible Preferred Stock and Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

	Series A  8% Convertible Preferred Stock					Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit)
						Common stock				Additional paid-in capital			Accumulated deficit			Total shareholders’ equity (deficit)
	Shares		Amount			Shares		Amount
Balance, January 28, 2012	89,291,773		$	191,855		16,248,797		$	162	$	3,691		$	(133,612	)	$	(129,759	)
Issuance of warrants to purchase common stock to professional service providers	—		—			—		—		43			—			43
Share-based compensation expense	—		—			2,027,678		20		12,122			—			12,142
Exercise of options and warrants to purchase common stock	—		—			31,898		1		238			—			239
Vesting of restricted shares related to stock option exercises	—		—			—		—		802			—			802
Repurchase of unvested restricted shares related to stock option exercises	—		—			(30,221	)	—		3			—			3
Conversion of preferred stock	(89,291,773	)	(191,855		)	30,894,953		309		191,546			—			191,855
Issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs of $8,533	—		—			4,807,692		48		73,150			—			73,198
Dividend paid to shareholders	—		—			—		—		(12,605		)	(86,846		)	(99,451		)
Excess tax benefit related to restricted shares and exercises of stock options and warrants	—		—			—		—		1,647			—			1,647
Net income	—		—			—		—		—			20,025			20,025
Balance, February 2, 2013	—		—			53,980,797		540		270,637			(200,433		)	70,744
Share-based compensation expense	—		—			10,069		—		9,854			—			9,854
Exercise of options to purchase common stock	—		—			196,941		2		1,482			—			1,484
Vesting of restricted shares related to stock option exercises	—		—			—		—		239			—			239
Repurchase of unvested restricted shares related to stock option exercises	—		—			(648	)	—		—			—			—
Excess tax benefit related to exercises of stock options	—		—			—		—		2,262			—			2,262
Issuance of common stock to employees under employee stock purchase plan	—		—			3,565		—		148			—			148
Net income	—		—			—		—		—			32,142			32,142
Balance, February 1, 2014	—		—			54,190,724		542		284,622			(168,291		)	116,873
Share-based compensation expense	—		—			—		—		5,757			—			5,757
Issuance of unrestricted stock awards	—		—			4,324		—		160			—			160
Exercise of options to purchase common stock	—		—			207,809		2		1,479			—			1,481
Vesting of restricted shares	—		—			—		—		61			—			61
Vesting of restricted stock units	—		—			22,286		—		—			—			—
Purchase and retirement of treasury shares	—		—			(9,173	)	—		(314		)	—			(314		)
Repurchase of unvested restricted shares related to stock option exercises	—		—			(87	)	—		(1		)	—			(1		)
Excess tax benefit related to exercises of stock options	—		—			—		—		2,049			—			2,049
Issuance of common stock to employees under employee stock purchase plan	—		—			4,345		—		179			—			179
Net income	—		—			—		—		—			48,024			48,024
Balance, January 31, 2015	—		$	—		54,420,228		$	544	$	293,992		$	(120,267	)	$	174,269

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

48

FIVE BELOW, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

	Fiscal Year
	2014			2013			2012
Operating activities:
Net income	$	48,024		$	32,142		$	20,025
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization	17,202			13,469			9,599
Gain on conversion of note payable	—			—			(200		)
Loss on debt extinguishment	244			266			1,594
Loss on disposal of property and equipment	175			515			58
Amortization of deferred financing costs	25			251			455
Warrant expense related to professional service providers for services rendered	—			—			43
Share-based compensation expense	5,931			10,092			12,324
Deferred income tax (benefit) expense	(3,063		)	(5,074		)	3,812
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Prepaid income taxes	(442		)	(1,461		)	(36		)
Inventories	(26,275		)	(28,546		)	(22,041		)
Prepaid expenses and other assets	(2,936		)	(3,597		)	(4,133		)
Accounts payable	3,060			4,083			3,369
Income taxes payable	8,435			(1,076		)	(2,056		)
Accrued salaries and wages	2,603			(1,532		)	(5,050		)
Deferred rent	5,669			8,384			7,723
Other accrued expenses	2,778			3,271			4,877
Net cash provided by operating activities	61,430			31,187			30,363
Investing activities:
Capital expenditures	(32,322		)	(25,931		)	(22,890		)
Net cash used in investing activities	(32,322		)	(25,931		)	(22,890		)
Financing activities:
Borrowing on note payable under Term Loan Facility	—			—			100,000
Repayment of note payable under Term Loan Facility	(19,500		)	(15,000		)	(65,500		)
Borrowing on note payable under Revolving Credit Facility	7,000			—			—
Repayment of note payable under Revolving Credit Facility	(7,000		)	—			—
Cash paid for debt financing costs	—			(40		)	(2,751		)
Repayment of other note payable	—			—			(50		)
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock	179			148			73,198
Proceeds from exercise of warrants and options to purchase common stock	1,481			1,484			239
Repurchase of common stock	(314		)	—			—
Repurchase of unvested restricted shares related to stock option exercises	(1		)	(7		)	(17		)
Dividends paid to shareholders	—			—			(99,451		)
Excess tax benefit related to restricted shares and exercise of stock options and warrants	2,049			2,262			1,647
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities	(16,106		)	(11,153		)	7,315
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	13,002			(5,897		)	14,788
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year	50,184			56,081			41,293
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$	63,186		$	50,184		$	56,081
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Interest paid	$	129		$	1,259		$	2,056
Income taxes paid	$	21,587		$	25,039		$	10,803
Non-cash investing activities
(Decrease) increase in accrued purchases of property and equipment	$	(1,673	)	$	606		$	(3,770	)

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

49

Five Below, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

(a) Description of Business

Five Below, Inc. (collectively with its wholly owned subsidiary as the "Company") is a specialty value retailer offering merchandise targeted at the teen and pre-teen demographic. The Company offers an edited assortment of products, priced at $5 and below. The Company’s edited assortment of products includes select brands and licensed merchandise. The Company believes its merchandise is readily available, and that there are a number of potential vendors that could be utilized, if necessary, under approximately the same terms the Company is currently receiving; thus, it is not dependent on a single vendor or a group of vendors.

The Company is incorporated in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and, as of January 31, 2015, operated in 21 states that include Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Delaware, Maryland, Virginia, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, West Virginia, North Carolina, New York, Connecticut, Rhode Island, Ohio, Illinois, Indiana, Michigan, Missouri, Georgia, Texas, Tennessee and Maine. As of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, the Company operated 366 stores and 304 stores, respectively, each operating under the name “Five Below.”

On June 12, 2013, the Company completed an internal business restructuring pursuant to which the Company formed Five Below Merchandising, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary (the “Subsidiary”), and transferred to the Subsidiary assets, operations and employees related to the Company's merchandising operations (the “Restructuring”). Following the Restructuring, the Subsidiary purchases and sells to the Company certain goods for sale at the Company's retail locations, and the Company provides to the Subsidiary back office support, office space and other services, in each case, pursuant to agreements between the Company and the Subsidiary. The Company's consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Five Below, Inc. and the Subsidiary. All intercompany transactions and accounts are eliminated in the consolidation of the Company's and Subsidiary's financial statements.

(b) Fiscal Year

The Company operates on a 52/53-week fiscal year ending on the Saturday closest to January 31. References to “fiscal year 2014” or “fiscal 2014” refer to the period from February 2, 2014 to January 31, 2015 and consists of a 52-week fiscal year. References to “fiscal year 2013” or “fiscal 2013” refer to the period from February 3, 2013 to February 1, 2014 and consists of a 52-week fiscal year. References to “fiscal year 2012” or “fiscal 2012” refer to the period from January 29, 2012 to February 2, 2013 and consists of a 53-week fiscal year.

(c) Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with a maturity date of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. Our cash equivalents consist of credit and debit card transactions and money market funds, which are classified as cash and cash equivalents in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The majority of payments due from banks for third-party credit card and debit card transactions resulting from customer purchases at the Company’s retail stores process within 24 to 48 hours, except for transactions occurring on a Friday, which are generally processed the following Monday. Amounts due from banks for these transactions classified as cash equivalents totaled $3.1 million and $2.3 million as of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, respectively. Book overdrafts, which are outstanding checks in excess of funds on deposit, are recorded within accounts payable in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and within operating activities in the accompanying consolidated statements of cash flows. As of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $63.2 million and $50.2 million. The Company’s cash accounts are primarily maintained with one financial institution.

50

(d) Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Assets and liabilities measured at fair value are classified using the following hierarchy, which is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation at the measurement date:

Level 1: Quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2: Inputs, other than Level 1, that are either directly or indirectly observable.

Level 3: Unobservable inputs developed using the Company’s estimates and assumptions which reflect those that market participants would use.

The classification of fair value measurements within the hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the measurement.

The Company’s financial instruments consist primarily of cash equivalents, accounts payable, and borrowings under a line of credit (as defined in note 3). The Company believes that: (1) the carrying value of cash equivalents and accounts payable are representative of their respective fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments; and (2) the carrying value of the borrowings under the line of credit approximates their fair value because the line of credit’s interest rates vary with market interest rates. As of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, the Company had cash equivalents of $43.1 million and $2.3 million, respectively. The Company’s cash equivalents consist of credit and debit card receivables and money market funds. Fair value for cash equivalents were determined based on Level 1 inputs.

(e) Inventories

Inventories consist of finished goods purchased for resale, including freight, and are stated at the lower of cost or market value, at the individual product level. Cost is determined on a weighted average cost method which approximates a FIFO (first-in, first-out) basis due to the nature of the Company's inventory. Management of the Company reviews inventory levels in order to identify slow-moving merchandise and uses markdowns to clear merchandise. Inventory cost is reduced when the selling price less costs of disposal is below cost. The Company accrues an estimate for inventory shrink for the period between the last physical count and the balance sheet date. The shrink estimate can be affected by changes in merchandise mix and changes in actual shrink trends.

(f) Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Additions and improvements are capitalized, while repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred.

Depreciation and amortization is recorded using the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the assets or the terms of the respective leases, if applicable. The estimated useful lives are three to ten years for furniture and fixtures and computers and equipment. Store leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the useful life or the lease term plus assumed extensions, which is generally 10 years. Depreciation and amortization expense for property and equipment, which is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, was $17.2 million, $13.5 million and $9.6 million in fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, respectively.

Property and equipment, net, consists of the following (in thousands):

	January 31, 2015			February 1, 2014
Furniture and fixtures	$	54,933		$	44,112
Leasehold improvements	64,109			51,736
Computers and equipment	20,017			15,903
Construction in process	7,324			2,627
Property and equipment, gross	146,383			114,378
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization	(59,385		)	(43,997		)
Property and equipment, net	$	86,998		$	70,381

51

(g) Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets, such as property and equipment, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, then an impairment charge is recognized by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. Based on its Company's most recent analysis, management believes that no impairment of long-lived assets exists as of January 31, 2015.

(h) Deferred Financing Costs

Deferred financing costs (note 3) are amortized to interest expense over the term of the related credit agreement. Amortization expense in fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012 was $24.7 thousand, $0.3 million and $0.5 million, respectively. In connection with the repayments of the $100.0 million term loan facility in the amounts of $19.5 million, $15.0 million and $65.5 million in fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, respectively, we wrote-off approximately $0.2 million, $0.3 million and $1.6 million of deferred financing costs in fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, respectively, which is included in loss on debt extinguishment in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

(i) Leases

The Company leases store locations, distribution centers, and equipment used in its operations and evaluates and classifies its leases as operating or capital leases for financial reporting purposes. Any assets held under a capital lease are included in property and equipment, net. As of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, the Company had no material capital leases.

Operating lease expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the lease term. At the inception of a lease, the Company determines the lease term, which includes periods under the exercise of renewal options that are reasonably assured. Renewal options are exercised at the Company's sole discretion. The corporate headquarters is leased under a lease agreement expiring in 2022, with options to renew for two successive five-year periods. The distribution center located in New Castle, Delaware is leased under a lease agreement expiring in 2016 with options to renew for two successive five-year periods. The distribution center in Olive Branch, Mississippi is leased under a lease agreement expiring in 2022 with options to renew for three successive five-year periods. The new distribution center in Pedricktown, New Jersey is leased under a lease agreement which we expect to begin in fiscal 2015 and to expire in 2025 with options to renew for three successive five-year periods. Generally, the Company’s store leases have expected lease terms of ten years, which are comprised of an initial term of ten years or an initial term of five years and one assumed five-year extension, resulting in a ten-year life. The expected lease term is used to determine whether a lease is capital or operating and to calculate straight-line rent expense.

Substantially all of the Company's leases include options that allow the Company to renew or extend the lease term beyond the initial lease period, subject to terms and conditions agreed upon at the inception of the lease. Such terms and conditions include rental rates agreed upon at the inception of the lease that could represent below or above market rental rates later in the life of the lease, depending upon market conditions at the time of such renewal or extension. In addition, the Company's leases may include early termination options.

(j) Deferred Rent and Other

Certain of the Company’s operating leases contain either rent holidays and/or predetermined fixed escalations of minimum rentals during the original and/or extended lease terms. For these leases, the Company recognizes the related rent expense on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease and records the difference between the amounts charged to operations and amounts paid as deferred rent. The life of the lease is the initial term plus assumed extensions. The Company also receives certain lease incentives in conjunction with entering into operating leases. These lease incentives are recorded as deferred rent at the beginning of the lease term and recognized as a reduction of rent expense over the lease term. In addition, certain of the Company’s leases contain future contingent increases in rents. Such increases in rent expense are recorded in the period in which such contingent increases to the rents take place.

52

The following table summarizes the Company's deferred rent and other long-term liabilities balances (in thousands):

	January 31, 2015		February 1, 2014
Current:
Deferred rent (1)	$	3,711	$	2,965
Total current liabilities	$	3,711	$	2,965
Long-term:
Deferred rent	$	40,122	$	35,198
Other	328		241
Total long-term liabilities	$	40,450	$	35,439

(1) The current portion of deferred rent is included in the other accrued expenses line item in the accompanying

consolidated balance sheets.

(k) Share-based Compensation

The Company measures the cost of employee services received in exchange for share-based compensation based on the grant date fair value of the employee stock award. Incremental compensation costs arising from subsequent modifications of awards after the grant date must also be recognized. The Company recognizes compensation expense based on the estimated grant date fair value of restricted stock awards, and using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model for grants of stock options which are both recorded on a straight-line basis over the vesting period for the entire award. Share-based compensation cost recognized and included in expenses for fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, was $5.9 million, $10.1 million and $12.3 million, respectively. Fiscal 2012 was impacted by additional compensation expense of $5.4 million related to certain modifications of outstanding options (note 6).

(l) Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized at the point of sale. Returns are accepted under certain conditions within 14 days of purchase. Returns subsequent to the period end are immaterial; accordingly, no reserve has been recorded. Gift card sales to customers are initially recorded as liabilities and recognized as sales upon redemption for merchandise. Sales tax collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities are accounted for on a net basis and, therefore, excluded from sales in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued an accounting standards update that clarifies the principles for recognizing revenue from contracts with customers. The update outlines a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and supersedes most current revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance. The guidance is effective for the interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2016. The update allows for a “full retrospective” adoption, meaning the update is applied to all periods presented, or a “modified retrospective” adoption, meaning the update is applied only to the most current period presented in the financial statements. Early adoption is not permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the update will have on its financial position, results of operations, cash flows and financial statement disclosures.

(m) Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold reflects the direct costs of purchased merchandise and inbound freight, as well as store occupancy, distribution and buying expenses. Store occupancy costs include rent, common area maintenance, utilities and property taxes for all store locations. Distribution costs include costs for receiving, processing, warehousing and shipping of merchandise to or from the Company's distribution centers and between store locations. Buying costs include compensation expense for the Company's internal buying organization.

(n) Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses include payroll and other compensation, marketing and advertising expense, depreciation and amortization expense, and other selling and administrative expenses.

53

(o) Vendor Allowances

The Company receives various incentives in the form of allowances, free product and promotional funds from its vendors based on product purchases and advertising activities. The amounts received are subject to changes in market conditions, vendor marketing strategies and changes in the profitability or sell-through of the related merchandise for the Company. Merchandise allowances are recorded in cost of goods and recognized in the period the related merchandise is sold. Marketing allowances are recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses and are recognized in the period the related advertising occurs to the extent the allowance is a reimbursement that is specific and incremental, and identifiable costs have been incurred by the Company to sell the vendor’s products. To the extent these conditions are not met, these allowances are recorded as merchandise allowances.

(p) Store Pre-Opening Costs

Costs incurred between completion of a new store location’s construction and its opening (pre-opening costs) are charged to expense as incurred. Pre-opening costs were $4.6 million, $4.3 million and $3.5 million in fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013, and fiscal 2012, respectively, and are recorded in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations based on the nature of the expense.

(q) Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are charged to expense the first time the advertising takes place. Advertising expenses were $19.3 million, $15.6 million and $12.0 million in fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, respectively, and are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

(r) Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset-and-liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. The Company recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs.

The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce its deferred tax assets when uncertainty regarding their realizability exists. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment.

(s) Commitments and Contingencies

Liabilities for loss contingencies arising from claims, assessments, litigation, fines and penalties, and other sources are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the assessment can be reasonably estimated. Legal costs incurred in connection with loss contingencies are expensed as incurred.

(t) Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements requires management of the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include valuation allowances for inventories, income taxes and share-based compensation expense.

(2) Income (Loss) Per Common Share

Basic income (loss) per common share amounts are calculated using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted income (loss) per common share amounts are calculated using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period and include the dilutive impact of preferred stock using the if-converted method

54

and exercise of stock options and warrants as well as assumed lapse of restrictions on restricted stock awards and shares currently available for purchase under the Company's Employee Stock Purchase Plan, using the treasury stock method. Performance-based restricted stock units are considered contingently issuable shares for diluted income per common share purposes and the dilutive impact, if any, is not included in the weighted-average shares until the performance conditions are met.

The two-class method is used to calculate basic and diluted income (loss) per common share since the Company's preferred and certain restricted stock were participating securities. The two-class method is an earnings allocation formula that determines income per share for each class of common stock and participating security according to dividends declared (or accumulated) and participation rights in undistributed earnings. Under the two-class method, basic income (loss) per common share is computed by dividing net income (loss) attributable to common shares after allocation of income to participating securities by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Diluted income (loss) per common share is computed using the more dilutive of the two-class method or the if-converted method. In periods of net loss, no effect is given to participating securities since they do not contractually participate in the losses of the Company. The two-class method is the more dilutive method for fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012. As of January 31, 2015, the Company no longer has any outstanding participating securities.

The following table reconciles net income (loss) and the weighted average common shares outstanding used in the computations of basic and diluted income (loss) per common share (in thousands, except for share and per share data):

	Fiscal Year
	2014			2013			2012
Numerator:
Net income	$	48,024		$	32,142		$	20,025
Dividend paid to preferred shareholders	—			—			(62,504		)
Dividend paid to unvested restricted shareholders	—			—			(2,899		)
Net income attributable to participating securities	(20		)	(465		)	—
Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders	$	48,004		$	31,677		$	(45,378	)
Denominator:
Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic	54,219,801			53,294,805			35,444,200
Dilutive impact of options, restricted stock units, and employee stock purchase plan	354,054			447,055			—
Weighted average common shares outstanding - diluted	54,573,855			53,741,860			35,444,200
Per common share:
Basic income (loss) per common share	$	0.89		$	0.59		$	(1.28	)
Diluted income (loss) per common share	$	0.88		$	0.59		$	(1.28	)

For fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013, $20.0 thousand and $0.5 million respectively, of net income was attributable to participating securities, as the two-class method was more dilutive, and the remainder was attributable to common shareholders. For fiscal 2012, as the Company was in a net loss position after recognition of the payment of dividends, the net losses were solely attributable to common shareholders.

The effects of the assumed exercise of stock options outstanding as of January 31, 2015 for 593,773 shares of common stock were excluded from the fiscal 2014 calculation of diluted net income per share as their impact would have been anti-dilutive.

The effects of non-vested restricted stock units outstanding as of January 31, 2015 for 3,930 shares of common stock were excluded from the fiscal 2014 calculation of diluted net income per share as their impact would have been anti-dilutive.

The effects of the assumed exercise of stock options outstanding as of February 1, 2014 for 388,197 shares of common stock were excluded from the fiscal 2013 calculation of diluted net income per share as their impact would have been anti-dilutive.

The effects of the assumed exercise of the combined stock options and warrants and vesting of restricted share awards outstanding as of February 2, 2013 of 2,573,490, and the impact of shares to be issued under the Company's Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which is minor, were excluded from the fiscal 2012 calculation of diluted net loss as the effect would be anti-dilutive due to a net loss to common shareholders.

55

The aforementioned excluded shares do not reflect the impact of any incremental repurchases under the treasury stock method.

(3) Financing Transactions and Line of Credit

Financing Transactions

On May 16, 2012, the Company entered into a $100.0 million term loan facility with Goldman Sachs Bank USA as administrative agent for a syndicate of lenders (the “Term Loan Facility”). The Company used the net proceeds from the Term Loan Facility and cash on hand to pay a dividend on all outstanding shares of the Company's common stock and Preferred Stock totaling $99.5 million. On the same day, the Company amended and restated its existing senior secured Revolving Credit Facility with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, which is defined below under “—Line of Credit.” The Company refers to the Term Loan Facility, the amendment and restatement of the Revolving Credit Facility and related transactions as the “Financing Transactions.” On June 12, 2013 in connection with the Restructuring, the Subsidiary acceded to the credit agreement and certain ancillary documents to the Company's Term Loan Facility as a guarantor of the Company's obligations thereunder.

In July 2012, the Company repaid $65.3 million of principal on the Term Loan Facility and $0.7 million of interest. In October 2012 and May 2013, the Company repaid $0.3 million and $15.0 million, respectively, of principal on the Term Loan Facility. In February 2014, the Company repaid the remaining principal balance outstanding under the Term Loan Facility of $19.5 million. As of January 31, 2015, there was no principal balance outstanding under the Term Loan Facility.

In connection with the $65.5 million, $15.0 million and $19.5 million of principal repayments on the Term Loan Facility in fiscal 2012, fiscal 2013, and fiscal 2014, respectively, approximately $1.6 million, $0.3 million and $0.2 million of the deferred financing costs were written off and included in loss on debt extinguishment in the consolidated statements of operations, respectively.

During fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012 the Company recorded $0.1 million, $1.5 million and 2.4 million, respectively, in interest expense, including amortization of deferred financing fees of $24.7 thousand, $0.3 million and $0.5 million, respectively.

The Company had approximately $0.1 million and $0.2 million of remaining deferred financing fees as of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, respectively.

Line of Credit

On August 18, 2006, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement (the "Loan and Security Agreement") with Wachovia Bank National Association (predecessor in interest to Wells Fargo Bank, National Association) that included a revolving line of credit with advances tied to a borrowing base. The Loan and Security Agreement was amended and/or restated several times, the latest on June 12, 2013 (as amended and restated, the "Revolving Credit Facility"), generally to extend the maturity date, increase maximum borrowings, adjust the applicable interest rates, permit the formation and capitalization of the Subsidiary, and make the Subsidiary a party to the Loan and Security Agreement as a guarantor of the Company's obligations, and modify certain definitions.

The Revolving Credit Facility allows maximum borrowings of $20.0 million with advances tied to a borrowing base and expires on the earliest to occur of (i) May 16, 2017 or (ii) upon the occurrence of an event of default. The Revolving Credit Facility may be increased to $30.0 million upon certain conditions. The Revolving Credit Facility includes a $5.0 million sub-limit for the issuance of letters of credit. The borrowing base is 90% of eligible credit card receivables plus 90% of the net recovery percentage of eligible inventory less established reserves. The Company incurred deferred financing costs of $50.0 thousand in May 2012 in connection with the Revolving Credit Facility and such costs are being amortized over the remaining term of the Revolving Credit Facility.

The Revolving Credit Facility provides for interest on borrowings, at the Company's option, at (a) a prime rate plus a margin of (i) 0.75%if excess availability is greater than or equal to 75%, (ii) 1.0% if excess availability is less than 75%but greater than or equal to 33% or (iii) 1.25%if excess availability is less than 33% or (b) a LIBOR-based rate plus a margin of (i) 1.75% if excess availability is greater than or equal to 75%, (ii)2.00% if excess availability is less than 75% but greater than or equal to 33% or (iii) 2.25% if excess availability is less than 33%. The Revolving Credit Facility further provides for a letter of credit fee equal to the LIBOR-based rate plus (i) 1.75% if excess availability is greater than or equal to 75%, (ii) 2.00%if excess availability is less than 75% but greater than or equal to 33% or (iii) 2.25% if excess availability is less than 33%. The Revolving Credit Facility also contains an unused credit facility fee of 0.375% per annum and is subject to a servicing fee of approximately $12.0 thousand per year.

The Revolving Credit Facility includes a covenant which requires the Company to maintain minimum excess collateral availability of no less than the greater of (i)10%of the then effective maximum credit and (ii)$3.0 million.

56

The Revolving Credit Facility also includes customary negative and affirmative covenants including, among others, limitations on the Company's ability to (i) incur additional debt; (ii) create liens; (iii) make certain investments, loans and advances; (iv) sell assets; (v) pay dividends or make distributions or other restricted payments; (vi) engage in mergers or consolidations; or (vii) change the Company's business.

Additionally, the Revolving Credit Facility is subject to payment upon the receipt of certain proceeds, including those from the sale of certain assets and is subject to an increase in the interest rate on borrowings and the letter of credit fee of 2.0% upon an event of default. Amounts under the Revolving Credit Facility may become due upon certain events of default including, among others, failure to comply with the Revolving Credit Facility’s covenants, bankruptcy, default on certain other indebtedness or a change in control.

During fiscal 2014, we borrowed approximately $7.0 million under our Revolving Credit Facility during the fourth quarter, which we repaid before the end of the quarter and incurred minimal interest. During fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, the Company had no borrowings or interest expense under the Revolving Credit Facility.

As of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, the Company had approximately $20.0 million available on the line of credit. As of February 2, 2013, the Company had approximately $20.0 million available on the line of credit of which $19.7 million was available and $0.3 million was issued but undrawn on an outstanding letter of credit obligation.

All obligations under the Revolving Credit Facility are secured by substantially all of the Company's assets and are guaranteed by the Subsidiary. As ofJanuary 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, the Company was in compliance with the covenants applicable to it under the Revolving Credit Facility.

(4) Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments

Leases

The Company leases property and equipment under non-cancelable operating leases. Certain retail store lease agreements provide for contingent rental payments if the store’s net sales exceed stated levels (percentage rents) and/or contain escalation clauses, which provide for increases in base rental for increases in future operating costs. Many of the Company’s leases provide for one or more renewal options for periods of five years. The Company’s operating lease agreements, including assumed extensions, which are generally those that take the lease to a ten-year term, expire through fiscal 2024.

The Company’s minimum rental commitments under operating lease agreements, including assumed extensions, as of January 31, 2015, are as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal Year	Retail stores		Corporate office and distribution centers		Total
2015	$	57,985	$	6,751	$	64,736
2016	58,600		6,744		65,344
2017	57,532		6,603		64,135
2018	55,856		7,128		62,984
2019	54,664		7,748		62,412
Thereafter	182,805		37,195		220,000
	$	467,442	$	72,169	$	539,611

Rent expense, including base and contingent rent under operating leases, was $53.6 million, $41.8 million and $32.8 million in fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, respectively. Contingent rents were $0.5 million, $0.5 million and $0.5 million in fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, respectively.

From February 1, 2015 to March 26, 2015, the Company committed to 10 new store leases with terms of 10 years that have future minimum lease payments of approximately $24.2 million.

Other contractual commitments

The Company has employment agreements with certain key employees that provide for, among other things, salary, bonus, severance, and change-in-control provisions. The severance and change of control provisions under these agreements provide for additional payments upon employee separation of up to approximately $5.7 million.

57

As of January 31, 2015, the Company has other purchase commitments of approximately $2.9 million consisting of purchase agreements for materials that will be used in the construction of new stores.

Contingencies

Legal Matters

From time to time, the Company is involved in certain legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. In management’s opinion, the outcome of such actions will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations. On January 9, 2015, a putative class action was filed against Five Below, Inc. and certain of the Company's current and former senior officers in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania, purportedly on behalf of a class of the Company's investors who purchased our publicly traded securities between June 5, 2014 and December 4, 2014. The complaint alleges violations of Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder in connection with various public statements made by the Company. In addition, on February 25, 2015, a shareholder derivative complaint was filed on behalf of Five Below, as nominal defendant, and asserting claims against certain of the Company's directors in the United States District Court for the District of Rhode Island. The complaint in this action alleges various violations of state law, including breach of fiduciary duties, arising from the alleged federal securities violations asserted in the securities class action. The Company intends to vigorously defend against these actions, which the Company believes to be without merit. The potential impact of these actions, which seek unspecified damages, attorneys’ fees and expenses, is uncertain.

(5) Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit)

As of January 31, 2015, the Company is authorized to issue 120,000,000 shares of $0.01 par value common stock and 5,000,000 shares of $0.01 par value preferred stock. The holders of the common stock are entitled to one vote per share of common stock and are entitled to receive dividends if declared by the board of directors. The preferred stock may be issued from time to time in series as designated by the board of directors. The designations, powers, preferences, voting rights, privileges, options, conversion rights, and other special rights of the shares of each such series and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof shall be designated by the board of directors.

Preferred Stock

On October 14, 2010, the Company issued 89,291,773 shares of Series A 8% Convertible Preferred Stock for cash proceeds of $191.9 million, net of offering costs of $2.1 million.

The shares of Series A 8% Convertible Preferred Stock were entitled to receive cumulative dividends of 8% of their original issue price of $2.17 per share per year compounded annually and payable in cash when and if declared by the Company’s board of directors; however, the Company could not pay, unless otherwise consented to by the holders of Series A 8% Convertible Preferred Stock, any dividends on common stock unless an equal amount of dividends per share (on an as converted basis) was simultaneously paid to the holders of the Series A 8% Convertible Preferred Stock. Effective immediately prior to the closing of the Company's initial public offering (the "IPO") on July 24, 2012, all outstanding shares of Series A 8% Convertible Preferred Stock were converted into 30,894,953 shares of common stock and ceased to be entitled to the payment of any dividends that accrued on such shares as of the effective time of the conversion. The Series A 8% Convertible Preferred Stock was presented outside of shareholders’ equity since its redemption under certain circumstances was beyond the control of the Company’s management.

Common Stock

The Company and its shareholders have entered into an Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement and a Second

Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement, which provided for, among others, certain registration, information, first refusal, co-sale, observer, bring along and board of director voting rights. The Second Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement also provided for certain restrictions and obligations with respect to the stock of the Company held by the Company’s shareholders, including limits on the transfer of stock held by shareholders. The material provisions of the Second Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement were terminated in connection with the Company’s IPO. In addition, in connection with the IPO, the parties amended the agreement to terminate all rights except for certain registration rights, which requires the Company to register shares of our common stock held by certain shareholders in the event the Company registers for sale, either for the Company’s own account or for the account of others, shares of the Company’s common stock in certain offerings.

In March 2012, options to purchase 2,020,620 shares of common stock granted during fiscal 2010, including options to purchase 1,010,310 shares that were subject to time-based and performance-based vesting, were cancelled and an equal number of restricted shares were granted. One-third of the shares vested in March 2012, one-third of the shares vested in March 2013, and the remaining one-third vested in March 2014, which was the second anniversary of the grant.

58

In connection with the cancellation and grant, the Company recorded a total compensation expense of $17.4 million including $5.3 million which was recorded on the date of the modification and the remainder was recorded on a straight-line basis over the two-year vesting period.

On July 17, 2012, the Company amended its articles of incorporation to reflect a 0.3460-for-1 reverse stock split of its common stock. The amendment also changed the authorized shares of the Company’s common stock to 120,000,000 shares. Concurrent with the reverse stock split, the Company adjusted (i) the conversion price of its Series A 8% Convertible Preferred Stock, (ii) the number of shares subject to and the exercise price of its outstanding stock option awards under its equity incentive plan and (iii) the number of shares subject to and the exercise price of its outstanding warrants to equitably reflect the split. All common stock share and per-share data included in these consolidated financial statements give effect to the reverse stock split and the change in authorized shares and have been adjusted retroactively for all periods presented.

On July 24, 2012, the Company completed its IPO of 11,057,692 shares of common stock at a price of $17.00 per share. The common stock was listed on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “FIVE.” The shares sold in the IPO were registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), pursuant to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-180780), which was declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") on July 18, 2012. Of the 11,057,692 shares sold in the IPO, the Company issued 4,807,692 shares, and 6,250,000 shares were sold by selling shareholders, including 1,442,308 shares sold pursuant to the exercise in full of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. The Company did not receive any proceeds from shares sold by the selling shareholders. The Company received proceeds of approximately $73.2 million, net of approximately $8.5 million in underwriting discounts and legal, accounting and other fees incurred in connection with the IPO. Of the $73.2 million net proceeds received from the IPO, approximately $65.3 million and $0.7 million, respectively, were used to repay principal and interest under the Company's Term Loan Facility that existed as of the date of the IPO. The remaining net proceeds of the IPO were used for general corporate purposes, including working capital.

On September 27, 2012, the Company’s board of directors approved the Five Below, Inc. 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”), which remained subject to shareholder approval. The Company's shareholders approved the ESPP on May 30, 2013 at the Company's annual meeting of shareholders. The ESPP's effective date is retroactive to January 1, 2013 and is intended to be qualified as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. The number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance, which is subject to other limitations, is 500,000 shares. The ESPP allows eligible employees the opportunity to purchase, subject to limitations, shares of the Company’s common stock through payroll deductions at a discount of 10% of the fair market value of such shares on the purchase date. In fiscal 2013, the Company issued 3,565 shares of common stock under the ESPP resulting in proceeds of approximately $0.1 million and recorded share-based compensation expense of $13.5 thousand in connection with the ESPP related to the amount of the discount. In fiscal 2014, the Company issued 4,345 shares of common stock under the ESPP resulting in proceeds of approximately $0.2 million and recorded share-based compensation expense of $16.4 thousand in connection with the ESPP related to the amount of the discount.

On February 4, 2013, the Company completed a secondary public offering of 13,012,250 shares of common stock at a price of $35.65 per share. The shares sold in the secondary public offering were registered under the Securities Act, pursuant to the Company's registration statements on Form S-1 (File No. 333-186043 and File No. 333-186275), which were declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 29, 2013. All of the shares sold in the secondary public offering were sold by selling shareholders and the Company did not receive any proceeds. The Company incurred fees of approximately $1.0 million related to legal, accounting and other fees in connection with the secondary public offering, which are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations for fiscal 2012.

On July 1, 2013, the Company completed a secondary public offering of 6,900,000 shares of common stock at a price of $36.00 per share. The shares sold in the secondary public offering were registered under the Securities Act pursuant to the Company's registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-188578), which was declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 26, 2013. All of the shares sold in the secondary public offering were sold by selling shareholders and the Company did not receive any proceeds. The Company incurred fees of approximately $1.0 million related to legal, accounting and other fees in connection with the secondary public offering, which are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations for fiscal 2014.

On September 23, 2013, the Company completed a secondary public stock offering of 7,100,000 shares of common stock at a price of $46.65 per share. The shares sold in the secondary public offering were registered under the Securities Act pursuant to the Company's registration statement on Form S-3 (File 333-191210), which was declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 17, 2013. All of the shares sold in the secondary public offering were sold by selling shareholders, and the Company did not receive any proceeds. The selling shareholders agreed to bear all of the offering expenses related to legal, accounting and other fees in connection with the secondary public offering.

59

Dividends

On May 15, 2012, the Company declared and subsequently paid on May 16, 2012 a dividend of $2.02 per share on shares of common stock (including restricted shares) and on an as-converted basis on shares of Series A 8% Convertible Preferred Stock totaling approximately $99.5 million. Refer to note 6 for additional information regarding changes to outstanding stock options resulting from the dividend payment.

(6) Share-Based Compensation

Equity Incentive Plan

Effective July 26, 2002, the Company adopted the 2002 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) pursuant to which the Company’s board of directors may grant stock options, restricted shares and restricted stock units to officers, directors, key employees and professional service providers. The Plan, as amended, allows for the issuance of up to a total of 7,600,000 shares under the Plan. As of January 31, 2015, 4,031,938 stock options, restricted shares, or restricted stock units were available for grant.

On May 23, 2012, the Company’s board of directors, in accordance with the Plan’s documents, approved an equitable adjustment to all options outstanding on the date of the Company’s dividend declaration to reflect the dividend value received by the Company’s common and preferred shareholders. The exercise price of each outstanding option was reduced by $2.02. The adjustment did not result in additional compensation expense given the adjustment was required under the Plan’s documents and there was no increase in the fair value of the awards before and after payment of the dividend and adjustment of the awards.

Common Stock Options

All stock options have a term not greater than ten years. Stock options vest and become exercisable in whole or in part, in accordance with vesting conditions set by the Company’s board of directors. Options granted to date generally vest over four years from the date of grant.

Stock option activity under the Plan was as follows:

	Options outstanding		Weighted average exercise price		Weighted average remaining contractual term
Balance as of January 28, 2012	2,627,955		6.47		9.0
Granted	687,416		14.96
Forfeited	(98,048	)	9.14
Cancelled (see note 5)	(2,020,620	)	6.30
Exercised	(8,886	)	4.12
Balance as of February 2, 2013 (1)	1,187,817		10.43		9.3
Granted	554,500		38.92
Forfeited	(205,456	)	20.23
Cancelled	(35,300	)	30.19
Exercised	(196,941	)	7.55
Balance as of February 1, 2014 (1)	1,304,620		20.90		8.5
Granted	253,973		36.18
Forfeited	(169,850	)	31.75
Cancelled	(20,000	)	39.41
Exercised	(207,809	)	7.11
Balance as of January 31, 2015 (1)	1,160,934		$	24.80	8.0
Exercisable as of January 31, 2015	387,586		$	10.74	7.0

(1) The weighted-average exercise price as of January 31, 2015, February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013, respectively, reflects the adjustment of $2.02 per share resulting from the dividend declared on May 15, 2012 as described above.

60

Included in the options outstanding as of January 28, 2012 were options to purchase 1,010,310 shares of common stock, which vested incrementally only upon the achievement of certain performance targets including achieving targeted internal rates of return for the Company’s preferred shareholders or the Company achieving certain market capitalization levels subsequent to an initial public offering. In March 2012, options to purchase 2,020,620 shares of common stock granted during fiscal 2010, including the options that were to vest upon the achievement of performance targets, were cancelled and an equal number of restricted shares were granted (see note 5).

The fair value of each option award granted to employees including outside directors, is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:

	Fiscal Year
	2014		2013		2012
Expected volatility	47.9	%	50.0	%	50.0	%
Risk-free interest rate	1.9	%	1.4	%	1.3	%
Expected life of options	6.4 years		6.3 years		6.3 years
Expected dividend yield	—	%	—	%	—	%

The Company uses the simplified method to estimate the expected term of the option. The expected volatility incorporates historical and implied volatility of similar entities whose share prices are publicly available. The risk-free rate for the expected term of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.

The per-share weighted average grant-date fair value of stock options granted to employees in fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012 was $17.59, $18.90 and $7.42 respectively. The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012 was $7.0 million, $7.2 million and $0.2 million, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options exercisable and stock options outstanding as of January 31, 2015 was $8.8 million and $12.7 million, respectively. In fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, the Company received cash from the exercise of options of $1.5 million, $1.5 million, $36.0 thousand, respectively, and excess tax benefits from option exercises and restricted stock of $2.0 million, $2.3 million and $1.6 million, respectively. Upon option exercise, we issued new shares of common stock.

Restricted Stock Units and Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units

All restricted stock units ("RSU") and performance-based restricted stock units ("PSU") vest in accordance with vesting conditions set by the compensation committee of the Company’s board of directors. RSU's granted to date have vesting periods ranging from less than one year to five years from the date of grant. PSU's granted to date vest 100% at the end of a cumulative three year performance period, subject to satisfaction of the applicable performance goals established for the respective grant. The Company periodically assesses the probability of achievement of the performance criteria and adjusts the amount of compensation expense accordingly. Compensation is recognized over the vesting period and adjusted for the probability of achievement of the performance criteria.

RSU and PSU activity under the plan was as follows:

	Restricted Stock Units				Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units
	Number		Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value		Number		Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value
Non-vested balance as of February 1, 2014	—		$	—	—		$	—
Granted	175,772		35.84		396,055		38.20
Vested	(22,286	)	34.40		—		—
Forfeited	(5,716	)	38.52		(3,874	)	38.71
Non-vested balance as of January 31, 2015	147,770		$	35.95	392,181		$	38.20

In connection with the vesting of RSU's during the year ended January 31, 2015, we purchased and immediately retired 9,173 shares with an aggregate value of $0.3 million in satisfaction of minimum tax withholding obligations.

As of January 31, 2015, there was $27.9 million of total unrecognized compensation costs related to non-vested share-based compensation arrangements (including stock options, restricted stock units and performance-based restricted stock units) granted under the Plan. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average vesting period of 3.3 years.

61

(7) Income Taxes

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon generation of future taxable income during the periods in which temporary differences representing net future deductible amounts become deductible.

As of January 31, 2015, no valuation allowance has been provided for net deferred tax assets as management believes that it is more likely than not that the Company will realize all deferred tax assets as of January 31, 2015.

The components of the income tax expense are as follows (in thousands):

	Fiscal Year
	2014			2013			2012
Current:
Federal	$	28,480		$	21,718		$	8,127
State	3,218			3,172			2,130
	31,698			24,890			10,257
Deferred:
Federal	(2,544		)	(3,977		)	3,043
State	(519		)	(1,097		)	769
	(3,063		)	(5,074		)	3,812
Income tax expense	$	28,635		$	19,816		$	14,069

The reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate to the Company’s effective income tax rate is as follows:

	Fiscal Year
	2014		2013		2012
Statutory federal tax rate	35.0	%	35.0	%	35.0	%
State taxes, net of federal benefit	2.2		2.6		5.5
Other	0.2		0.5		0.8
	37.4	%	38.1	%	41.3	%

The effective tax rate for fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013 was primarily impacted by changes in the mix of pretax income across state jurisdictions and the Company's operating entities as a result of the Restructuring. The effective tax rate for fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012 was primarily impacted by changes in the mix of pretax income across state jurisdictions and the Company's operating entities as a result of the Restructuring in fiscal 2013 and permanent book to tax differences related to fees paid for the secondary public offering in fiscal 2012.

62

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to deferred tax assets and liabilities are (in thousands):

	January 31, 2015			February 1, 2014
Deferred tax assets:
Inventories	$	6,858		$	5,430
Deferred revenue	189			142
Accrued bonus	915			194
Deferred rent	17,250			15,192
Other	2,512			1,665
Deferred tax assets	27,724			22,623
Deferred tax liabilities:
Property and equipment	(18,912		)	(16,623		)
Other	(931		)	(1,182		)
Deferred tax liabilities	(19,843		)	(17,805		)
	$	7,881		$	4,818

Total income taxes paid during fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013, and fiscal 2012 were $21.6 million, $25.0 million and $10.8 million, respectively.

The Company had no material accrual for uncertain tax positions or interest or penalties related to income taxes on the Company’s balance sheets as of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, and has not recognized any material uncertain tax positions or interest and/or penalties related to income taxes in the consolidated statements of operations for fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013, or fiscal 2012.

The Company files a federal income tax return as well as state tax returns. The Company’s U.S. federal income tax returns for the fiscal years ended January 30, 2011 and thereafter remain subject to examination by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”). State returns are filed in various state jurisdictions, as appropriate, with varying statutes of limitation and remain subject to examination for varying periods up to 3 to 4 years depending on the state.

(8) Employee Benefit Plan

Effective February 1, 2007, the Company implemented the Five Below 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan for all employees who have at least 1 year of service, worked at least 1,000 hours, and are 21 years of age. Employees can contribute up to the maximum amount allowed under law. The Company may make discretionary matching and profit sharing contributions, which vest over a period of 5 years from each employee’s commencement of employment with the Company. During fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, the Company made discretionary contributions of $0.3 million, $0.2 million and $52.0 thousand, respectively.

(9) Segment Reporting

The Company evaluates performance internally and manages the business on the basis of one operating segment; therefore, it has only one reportable segment. All of the Company’s identifiable assets are located in the United States.

Set forth below is data for the following groups of products: leisure, fashion and home, and party and snack. The percentage of net sales represented by each product group for each of the last three fiscal years was as follows:

63

Sales by Product Group	Percentage of Net Sales
	Fiscal Year
	2014		2013		2012
Leisure	51.0	%	51.7	%	52.6	%
Fashion and home	29.3	%	29.3	%	30.3	%
Party and snack	19.7	%	19.0	%	17.1	%
Total	100.0	%	100.0	%	100.0	%

Leisure includes items such as sporting goods, games, toys, tech, books, electronic accessories, and arts and crafts. Fashion and home includes items such as personal accessories, “attitude” t-shirts, beauty offerings, home goods and storage options. Party and snack includes items such as party and seasonal goods, greeting cards, candy and other snacks, and beverages.

(10) Quarterly Results of Operations and Seasonality (Unaudited)

Quarterly financial results for fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013 were as follows: (in thousands except for per share data).

	Fiscal Year 2014 (1)								Fiscal Year 2013 (1)
	Fourth Quarter		Third Quarter		Second Quarter		First Quarter		Fourth Quarter		Third Quarter		Second Quarter		First Quarter
Net sales	$	263,756	$	137,979	$	152,479	$	126,004	$	211,964	$	110,747	$	117,087	$	95,604
Gross profit	$	106,328	$	41,623	$	50,905	$	38,935	$	84,169	$	34,234	$	39,400	$	30,213
Net income	$	33,313	$	3,311	$	8,320	$	3,080	$	24,826	$	1,677	$	4,069	$	1,570
Basic income income per common share	$	0.61	$	0.06	$	0.15	$	0.06	$	0.46	$	0.03	$	0.08	$	0.03
Diluted income income per common share	$	0.61	$	0.06	$	0.15	$	0.06	$	0.45	$	0.03	$	0.07	$	0.03

(1) The sum of the quarterly per share amounts may not equal per share amounts reported for the fiscal year due to rounding.

The Company's business is seasonal in nature and demand is generally the highest in the fourth fiscal quarter due to the fourth quarter holiday season and therefore, operating results for any fiscal quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for the full fiscal year. To prepare for the holiday season, the Company must order and keep in stock more merchandise than it carries during other parts of the year. The Company expects inventory levels, along with an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses, generally to reach their highest levels in the third and fourth fiscal quarters in anticipation of the increased net sales during the year-end holiday season. As a result of this seasonality, and generally because of variation in consumer spending habits, the Company experiences fluctuations in net sales and working capital requirements during the fiscal year.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management has evaluated, under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rule 13(a)-15(e), as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K pursuant to Rule 13a-15(b) of the Exchange Act. Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K are effective at a reasonable assurance level in ensuring that information required to be disclosed in our Exchange Act reports is (1) recorded, processed, summarized and reported in a timely manner and (2) accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, does not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures will prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. While our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance of their effectiveness, because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected.

64

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes to our internal control over financial reporting during the thirteen weeks endedJanuary 31, 2015 that have materially affected, or that are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Management's Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. The company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, assessed the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of January 31, 2015. Management based this assessment on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in “Internal Control - Integrated Framework (1992)” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management determined that, as of January 31, 2015, the company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting at a reasonable assurance level.

The effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting as of January 31, 2015 has been audited by KPMG LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report dated March 26, 2015 that appears below.

65

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Five Below, Inc.:

We have audited Five Below, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of January 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Five Below, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting presented above. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Five Below, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of January 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Five Below, Inc. and subsidiary as of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in convertible preferred stock and shareholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended January 31, 2015, and our report dated March 26, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

March 26, 2015

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

66

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by this Item 10 is included in the “Board of Directors–Nominees for Election to the Board of Directors for a Three-Year Term Expiring at the 2017 Annual Meeting,” “Board of Directors–Members of the Board of Directors Continuing in Office for a Term Expiring at the 2015 Annual Meeting,” “Board of Directors–Members of the Board of Directors Continuing in Office for a Term Expiring at the 2016 Annual Meeting,” “Executive Officers,” “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” “Board of Directors–Code of Business Conduct and Ethics,” “Board of Directors–Committees of the Board of Directors,” and “Board of Directors–Director Nomination Process” sections of our proxy statement for the 2014 annual meeting of shareholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than May 31, 2015, and is incorporated by reference herein.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this Item 11 is included in the “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Executive Compensation,” “Board of Directors–Director Compensation,” “Board of Directors–Board Leadership Structure and Board’s Role in Risk Oversight,” “Board of Directors–Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” and “Compensation Committee Report” sections of our proxy statement for the 2015 annual meeting of shareholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than May 31, 2015, and is incorporated by reference herein.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by this Item 12 is included in the “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information” sections of our proxy statement for the 2015 annual meeting of shareholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than May 31, 2015, and is incorporated by reference herein.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this Item 13 is included in the “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and “Board of Directors–Director Independence” sections of our proxy statement for the 2015 annual meeting of shareholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than May 31, 2015, and is incorporated by reference herein.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this Item 14 is included in the “Proposal 3, Ratification of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” section of our proxy statement for the 2015 annual meeting of shareholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than May 31, 2015, and is incorporated by reference herein.

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SCHEDULES

(a)    1. Consolidated Financial Statements

The consolidated financial statements of the Company filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K are included in Part II, Item 8 beginning on page 44:

2. Consolidated Financial Statements Schedules

All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or because the required information is either not material or is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or Notes thereto.

67

3. Exhibits

Exhibit

Number        Description                                 

3.1 Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Five Below, Inc., as currently in effect (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.5 of Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-180780) filed with the Commission on June 12, 2012)

3.2 Amended Bylaws, as currently in effect (filed herewith)

4.1 Form of Specimen Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-180780) filed with the Commission on July 9, 2012)

10.1 Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated September 1, 2010, by and among Five Below, Inc., the Significant Common Shareholders signatory thereto, the Series A Preferred Shareholders signatory thereto and the Other Holders party thereto and any other Persons signatory thereto from time to time (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-180780) filed with the Commission on April 18, 2012)

10.2 First Amendment to Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated October 14, 2010, by Five Below, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-180780) filed with the Commission on April 18, 2012)

10.3 Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated May 23, 2012, by and among Five Below, Inc., the Significant Common Shareholders signatory thereto and the Series A Preferred Shareholders signatory thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-180780) filed with the Commission on May 24, 2012)

10.4 Second Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement, dated September 1, 2010, by and among Five Below, Inc. and the Shareholders party thereto and any other Persons signatory thereto from time to time (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-180780) filed with the Commission on April 18, 2012)

10.5 First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement, dated October 14, 2010, by Five Below, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-180780) filed with the Commission on April 18, 2012)

10.6 Second Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement, dated November 22, 2011, by and among Five Below, Inc. and the Consenting Shareholders signatory thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-180780) filed with the Commission on April 18, 2012)

10.7 Third Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement, dated May 23, 2012, by and among Five Below, Inc. and the Shareholders party thereto and any other Persons signatory thereto from time to time (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-180780) filed with the Commission on May 24, 2012)

10.8a† Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (Employees) (used for options granted prior to May 21, 2013) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-180780) filed with the Commission on April 18, 2012)

10.8b† Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (Employees) (used for options granted after to May 21, 2013) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on September 10, 2013)

68

10.8c† Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Employees (used for options granted after June 30, 2014) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on June 30, 2014)

10.9a† Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (Executives) (used for options granted prior to May 21, 2013) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-180780) filed with the Commission on April 18, 2012)

10.9b† Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (Executives) (used for options granted after to May 21, 2013) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on September 10, 2013)

10.9c† Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Executives (used for options granted after June 30, 2014) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on June 30, 2014)

10.10† Form of Award Agreement for Restricted Shares under the Five Below, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan (Employees) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 of Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-180780) filed with the Commission on June 12, 2012)

10.11† Form of Award Agreement for Restricted Shares under the Five Below, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan (Directors) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on March 11, 2013)

10.12† Form of Award Agreement for Restricted Stock Units (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on June 30, 2014)

10.13† Form of Award Agreement for Restricted Stock Units (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on December 5, 2014)

10.14† Five Below, Inc. Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 of Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-180780) filed with the Commission on June 12, 2012)

10.15† Five Below, Inc. Performance Bonus Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 of Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-180780) filed with the Commission on June 12, 2012)

10.16† Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 of Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-180780) filed with the Commission on May 24, 2012)

10.17† Letter Employment Agreement, dated October 14, 2010, by and between David Schlessinger and Five Below, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-180780) filed with the Commission on April 18, 2012)

10.18† Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated September 28, 2011, by and between David Schlessinger and Five Below, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-180780) filed with the Commission on April 18, 2012)

10.19† Letter Employment Agreement, dated October 14, 2010, by and between Thomas Vellios and Five Below, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-180780) filed with the Commission on April 18, 2012)

10.20† Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated September 28, 2011, by and between Thomas Vellios and Five Below, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-180780) filed with the Commission on April 18, 2012)

69

10.21† Amendment, dated February 18, 2015, to Employment Letter, dated October 14, 2015, as amended, by and between Thomas Vellios and Five Below, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on February 23, 2015)

10.22† Letter Employment Agreement, dated April 16, 2012, by and between Kenneth R. Bull and Five Below, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-180780) filed with the Commission on April 18, 2012)

10.23† Letter Employment Agreement, dated December 10, 2014, by and between Michael Romanko and Five Below, Inc. (filed herewith)

10.24† Employment Letter and Non-Disclosure Agreement, each dated June 8, 2014, by and between Joel D. Anderson and Five Below, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on June 12, 2014)

10.25† Amendment to Employment Letter, dated December 4, 2014, by and between Joel D. Anderson and Five Below, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on December 4, 2014)

10.26† Employment Letter and Non-Disclosure Agreement, each dated May 21, 2014, by and between Eric M. Specter and Five Below, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on June 12, 2014)

10.27† Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, dated October 14, 2010, by and between David Schlessinger and Five Below, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-180780) filed with the Commission on April 18, 2012)

10.28† Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, dated October 14, 2010, by and between Thomas Vellios and Five Below, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-180780) filed with the Commission on April 18, 2012)

10.29† Option Cancellation Agreement, dated March 22, 2012, by and between David Schlessinger and Five Below, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-180780) filed with the Commission on April 18, 2012)

10.30† Option Cancellation Agreement, dated March 22, 2012, by and between Thomas Vellios and Five Below, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-180780) filed with the Commission on April 18, 2012)

10.31 Lease Agreement, dated April 1, 2007, by and between Twin Spans Business Park, LLC and Five Below, Inc., as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 of Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-180780) filed with the Commission on May 24, 2012)

10.32 Credit Agreement, dated as of May 16, 2012, among Five Below, Inc. and the Lenders Party thereto, and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Barclays Bank PLC and Jefferies Finance, LLC, collectively as lead arrangers and lead bookrunners and, individually, as administrative agent and collateral agent, syndication agent, and documentation agent, respectively, and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, UBS Securities LLC and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as arrangers and bookrunners (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 of Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-180780) filed with the Commission on May 24, 2012)

10.33 Guarantee Joinder Agreement, dated June 12, 2013, by Five Below Merchandising, Inc. and acknowledged and accepted by Goldman Sachs Bank USA, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of May 16, 2012, among Five Below, Inc. and the Lenders Party thereto, and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Barclays Bank PLC and Jefferies Finance, LLC, collectively as lead arrangers and lead bookrunners and, individually, as administrative agent and collateral agent, syndication agent, and documentation agent, respectively, and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, UBS Securities LLC and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as arrangers and bookrunners (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on June 13, 2013)

70

10.34 Security Agreement, dated as of May 16, 2012, among Five Below, Inc. and Goldman Sachs Bank USA (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 of Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-180780) filed with the Commission on May 24, 2012)

10.35 Supplement No. 1, dated as of June 12, 2013, by and between Five Below Merchandising, Inc. and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, to the Security Agreement, dated as of May 16, 2012, among Five Below, Inc. and Goldman Sachs Bank USA (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on June 13, 2013)

10.36 Third Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated June 12, 2013, among Five Below, Inc., Five Below Merchandising, Inc., and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on June 13, 2013)

10.37† Five Below, Inc. Compensation Policy for Non-Employee Directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 26, 2014)

10.38† Separation and General Release Agreement, dated August 6, 2013, by and between David Johnston and Five Below, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on August 6, 2013)

10.39† Five Below, Inc. 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on November 29, 2012)

23.1 Consent of KPMG LLP (filed herewith)

31.1 Certification of Chief Executive Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith)

31.2 Certification of Chief Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith)

32.1 Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith)

32.2 Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith)

101* The following financial information from this Annual Report on Form 10-K, formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language) and furnished electronically herewith: (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014; (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Operations for Fiscal Years2014,2013, and 2012; (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Convertible Preferred Stock and Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit) For Fiscal Years 2014, 2013, and 2012; (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for Fiscal Years 2014,2013, and2012 and (v) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, in each case, tagged in detail.

† Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

* Pursuant to applicable securities laws and regulations, this interactive data file is deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, is deemed not filed for purposes of section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise is not subject to liability under those sections.

71

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, on the 26th day of March2015.

FIVE BELOW, INC.

By: /s/ Joel D. Anderson

Name: Joel D. Anderson

Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	Title	Date
/s/ Thomas G. Vellios Thomas G. Vellios	Executive Chairman	March 26, 2015
/s/ Joel D. Anderson Joel D. Anderson	President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)	March 26, 2015
/s/ Kenneth R. Bull Kenneth R. Bull	Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)	March 26, 2015
/s/ David Schlessinger David Schlessinger	Chairman Emeritus, Director	March 26, 2015
/s/ Michael F. Devine Michael F. Devine	Director	March 26, 2015
/s/ David M. Mussafer David M. Mussafer	Director	March 26, 2015
/s/ Thomas M. Ryan Thomas M. Ryan	Director	March 26, 2015
/s/ Ronald L. Sargent Ronald L. Sargent	Director	March 26, 2015
__________________ Kathleen S. Barclay	Director
__________________ Catherine E. Buggeln	Director

72

Exhibit Index

No.Description

3.1 Amended Bylaws, as currently in effect (filed herewith)

10.23† Letter Employment Agreement, dated December 10, 2014, by and between Michael Romanko and Five Below, Inc. (filed herewith)

23.1 Consent of KPMG LLP

31.1 Certification of Chief Executive Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

31.2 Certification of Chief Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32.1 Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32.2 Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

101* The following financial information from this Annual Report on Form 10-K, formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language) and furnished electronically herewith: (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014; (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Operations for Fiscal Years2014,2013, and 2012; (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Convertible Preferred Stock and Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit) For Fiscal Years 2014, 2013, and 2012; (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for Fiscal Years 2014,2013, and2012 and (v) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, in each case, tagged in detail.

† Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

* Pursuant to applicable securities laws and regulations, this interactive data file is deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, is deemed not filed for purposes of section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise is not subject to liability under those sections.

73

EX-3.1

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED
BYLAWSOF
FIVE BELOW, INC.

ARTICLE 1
OFFICES

Section 1.1.    Registered Office. The registered office of Five Below, Inc. (the “Corporation”) in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania shall be as specified in the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation, as they may be amended from time to time (the “Articles”), or at such other place as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) may specify in a statement of change of registered office filed with the Department of State of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

Section 1.2.    Other Offices. The Corporation may also have an office or offices at such other place or places either within or without the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as the Board may from time to time determine or as the business of the Corporation requires.

ARTICLE 2

MEETINGS OF THE SHAREHOLDERS

Section 2.1.    Place. All meetings of the shareholders shall be held at such places, within or without the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, as the Board may from time to time determine. If, as permitted by the Board pursuant to Section 2.15 hereof, a meeting of the shareholders is held by means of the Internet or other electronic communications technology in a fashion pursuant to which the shareholders have the opportunity to read or hear the proceedings substantially concurrently with their occurrence, vote on matters submitted to the shareholders and pose questions to the directors, the meeting need not be held at a particular geographic location.

Section 2.2.    Annual Meetings.

(1)    A meeting of the shareholders for the election of directors and the transaction of such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting shall be held once each calendar year on such date and at such time as may be fixed by the Board.

(2)    Nominations of persons for election to the Board and the proposal of business to be considered by the shareholders at an annual meeting of shareholders may be made (A) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting, (B) by or at the direction of the Board or (C) by any shareholder of the Corporation who was a shareholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Article 2, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Article 2.

(3)    For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a shareholder pursuant to clause (C) of paragraph (2) of this Section 2.2, the shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation (the “Secretary”) and such other business must otherwise be a proper matter for shareholder action. To be timely, a shareholder’s notice must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the 60th day nor earlier than the 90th day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than 30 days before or more than 60 days after such anniversary date, notice by the shareholder must be so received not earlier than the 90th day prior to the annual meeting and not later than the later of the 60th day prior to the annual meeting or the 15th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of the meeting is first made by the Corporation. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a shareholder’s notice as described above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Corporation is required under Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) to include a shareholder’s proposal in its proxy statement, such shareholder shall be deemed to have given timely notice for purposes of this paragraph (3) of Section 2.2 with respect to such proposal. A shareholder’s notice shall set forth (A) as to each person whom the

shareholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director: (i) all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest or is otherwise required pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act, (ii) a description of any arrangements or understandings among the shareholder and each such person and any other person with respect to such nomination, and (iii) the consent of each such person to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director of the Corporation if so elected; (B) as to any other business that the shareholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such shareholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (C) as to the shareholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i) the name and address of such shareholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner; (ii) the class and number of shares of the Corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such shareholder and such beneficial owner; and (iii) a representation that such shareholder and beneficial owner intend to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting. At the request of the Corporation, any person nominated by a shareholder for election as a director must furnish to the Secretary such other information as may reasonably be required by the Corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the Corporation or that could be material to a reasonable shareholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee; in the absence of the furnishing of such information if requested, such shareholder’s nomination shall not be considered in proper form pursuant to this Section 2.2.

(4)    Notwithstanding anything in paragraph (3) of this Section 2.2 to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board at the annual meeting is increased pursuant to an act of the Board and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board on or before the date which is 15 days before the latest date by which a shareholder may timely notify the Corporation of nominations or other business to be brought by a shareholder in accordance with paragraph (3) of this Section 2.2, a shareholder’s notice required by this Section 2.2 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the 15th day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

(5)    In addition, to be timely, a shareholder’s notice pursuant to Section 2.2 or Section 2.3 hereof shall further be updated and supplemented, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice shall be true and correct as of the record date for the meeting and as of the date that is ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five (5) business days after the record date for the meeting in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of the record date, and not later than eight (8) business days prior to the date for the meeting, any adjournment or postponement thereof in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof.

(6)    In addition to the requirements of this Section 2.2 and Section 2.3, a shareholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of state law and of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.2 and Section 2.3; provided, however, that any references in this Section 2.2 to the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to proposals as to any other business to be considered pursuant to this Section 2.2 or Section 2.3.

Section 2.3.    Special Meetings of Shareholders. A special meeting of the shareholders for any purpose or purposes shall be called only by the Chair of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, or the Board. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of shareholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Board may be made at a special meeting of shareholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (1) by or at the direction of the Board or (2) provided that the Board has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any shareholder of the Corporation who is a shareholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section 2.3, who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.3. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of shareholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board, any such shareholder may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be), for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if the shareholder’s notice required by paragraph (3) of Section 2.2 shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the 90th day prior to such special meeting and not later than the later of the 60th day prior to such special meeting or the 15th day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of a special meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a shareholder’s notice as described above.

Section 2.4.    Written Ballot. Unless required by vote of the shareholders before the voting begins, elections of directors need not be by written ballot.

Section 2.5.    Conduct of Shareholders Meeting. There shall be a presiding officer at every meeting of the shareholders. The presiding officer shall be appointed in the manner provided by the Board. If the Board fails to designate a presiding officer, the Chair of the Board or in his absence by the Chief Executive Officer, or in their absence by the President, or in his absence by a Vice President, shall be the presiding officer. The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his absence the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting. The presiding officer shall determine the order of business and shall have the authority to establish rules for the conduct of the meeting of the shareholders. Any action by the presiding officer in adopting rules for, and in conducting, a meeting of the shareholders shall be fair to the shareholders. The presiding officer shall announce at the meeting when the polls close for each matter voted upon. If no announcement is made, the polls shall be deemed to have closed upon the final adjournment of the meeting. After the polls close, no ballots, proxies or votes, nor any revocations or changes thereto, may be accepted.

Section 2.6.    General.

(1)    Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Article 2 and Section 3.5 shall be eligible to serve as directors to the Board and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of shareholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Article 2. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Articles or the Bylaws of the Corporation (the “Bylaws”), the presiding officer at the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Article 2 and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with this Article 2, to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall be disregarded.

(2)    For purposes of this Article 2, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Sections 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

(3)    Nothing in this Article 2 shall be deemed to affect any rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors.

Section 2.7.    Notice of Meetings. Written notice of every meeting of the shareholders, stating the place, the date and hour thereof and, in the case of a special meeting of the shareholders, the general nature of the business to be transacted thereat, shall be given in a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 11.4 of these Bylaws at the direction of the Secretary or, in the absence of the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, at least ten (10) days prior to the day named for a meeting called to consider a fundamental change under Chapter 19 of the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law of 1988, as it may from time to time be amended (the “1988 BCL”), or five (5) days prior to the day named for the meeting in any other case, to each shareholder entitled to vote thereat on the date fixed as a record date in accordance with Section 7.1 of these Bylaws or, if no record date be fixed, then of record at the close of business on the tenth (10th) day next preceding the day on which notice is given or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day immediately preceding the day of the meeting, at such address (or telex, TWX, facsimile, electronic mail address or telephone number), as appears on the transfer books of the Corporation. Any notice of any meeting of shareholders may state that, for purposes of any meeting that has been previously adjourned for one or more periods aggregating at least fifteen (15) days because of an absence of a quorum, the shareholders entitled to vote who attend such a meeting, although less than a quorum pursuant to Section 2.8 of these Bylaws, shall nevertheless constitute a quorum for the purpose of acting upon any matter set forth in the original notice of the meeting that was so adjourned.

Section 2.8.    Quorum.

(1)    The shareholders present in person or by proxy, entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that all shareholders are entitled to cast on any particular matter to be acted upon at the meeting, shall constitute a quorum for the purposes of consideration of, and action on, such matter. Treasury shares shall not be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares for voting purposes at any given time. The shareholders present in person or by proxy at a duly organized meeting can continue to do business until the adjournment thereof notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough shareholders to leave less than a quorum. If a meeting cannot be organized because a quorum has not been achieved, the shareholders present in person or by proxy may, except as otherwise provided by the 1988 BCL and subject to the provisions of Section 2.9 of these Bylaws, adjourn the meeting to such time and place as they may determine.

(2)    Abstentions and broker votes and broker nonvotes (only when accompanied by broker votes with respect to at least one matter at the meeting) are considered present and entitled to vote for purposes of establishing a quorum for the transaction of business at a meeting of shareholders. A “broker vote” occurs when a broker votes the shares on any matter pursuant to either (i) the voting instructions and authority received from its client who is the beneficial owner of the shares or (ii) the broker’s discretionary authority to vote the shares under the applicable rules and regulations of the NASDAQ Stock Market LLP ( “NASDAQ”) or other national securities exchange governing the voting authority of brokers. A “broker nonvote” occurs when a broker has not received voting instructions from its client who is the beneficial owner of the shares and the broker is barred from exercising its discretionary authority to vote the shares under the applicable rules and regulations of NASDAQ or other securities exchange governing the voting authority of brokers.

Section 2.9.    Adjournments and Postponements.

(1)    Any meeting of the shareholders, including one at which directors are to be elected, may be adjourned for such period as the shareholders present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote shall direct. Notice of the adjourned meeting or the business to be transacted thereat need not be given, other than announcement at the meeting at which adjournment is taken, unless the Board fixes a new record date for the adjourned meeting or the 1988 BCL requires notice of the business to be transacted and such notice has not previously been given. At any adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. Those shareholders entitled to vote present in person or by proxy, although less than a quorum pursuant to Section 2.8 of these Bylaws, shall nevertheless constitute a quorum for the purpose of (a) electing directors at a meeting called for the election of directors that has been previously adjourned for lack of a quorum, and (b) acting, at a meeting that has been adjourned for one or more periods aggregating fifteen (15) days because of an absence of a quorum, upon any matter set forth in the original notice of such adjourned meeting, provided that such original notice shall have complied with the last sentence of Section 2.7 of these Bylaws.

(2)    Any meeting of the shareholders, including one at which directors are to be elected, may be postponed for any proper purpose for such period as the Board shall determine.

Section 2.10.    Action at a Meeting. Subject to the provisions of Section 3.3, any matter brought before a duly organized meeting for a vote of the shareholders, including, without limitation, the amendment of any provision of these Bylaws, shall be decided by a majority of the votes cast at such meeting by the shareholders present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereon, unless the matter is one for which a different vote is required by express provision of the 1988 BCL, the Articles or a provision of these Bylaws adopted by the shareholders, in any of which case(s) such express provision shall govern and control the decision on such matter. For clarification purposes, abstentions and broker nonvotes will not be counted as votes cast.

Section 2.11.    Voting Rights. Except as otherwise provided in the Articles, at every meeting of the shareholders, every shareholder entitled to vote shall have the right to one vote for each share having voting power standing in his or her name on the books of the Corporation. Shares of the Corporation owned by it, directly or indirectly, including treasury shares, shall not be voted.

Section 2.12.    Proxies. Every shareholder entitled to vote at a meeting of the shareholders or to express consent or dissent to a corporate action in writing may authorize another person to act for him or her by proxy appointed by an instrument in writing executed (or transmitted by electronic means which results in a writing) by such shareholder or by the shareholder’s attorney thereunto authorized, and delivered to the Secretary or its designated agent. The presence of, or vote or other action at a meeting of shareholders, or the expression of consent or dissent to corporate action in writing, by a proxy of a shareholder, shall constitute the presence of, or vote or action by, or written consent or dissent of the shareholder. Every proxy shall be executed in writing by the shareholder or by the shareholder’s duly authorized attorney-in-fact and filed with the Secretary or its designated agent. A proxy, unless coupled with an interest, shall be revocable at will, notwithstanding any other agreement or any provision in the proxy to the contrary, but the revocation of a proxy shall not be effective until written notice of revocation has been given to the Secretary or its designated agent in writing. An unrevoked proxy shall not be valid after three (3) years from the date of its execution, unless a longer time is expressly provided therein. A proxy shall not be revoked by the death or incapacity of the maker unless, before the vote is counted or the authority is exercised, written notice of such death or incapacity is given to the Secretary or its designated agent.

Section 2.13.    Voting Lists. The officer or agent having charge of the transfer books for securities of the Corporation shall make a complete list of the shareholders entitled to vote at a meeting of the shareholders, arranged in alphabetical order, with the address of and the number of shares held by each shareholder, which list shall be produced and kept open at the time and place of the meeting and shall be subject to the inspection of any shareholder during the whole time of the meeting. Failure to comply with the requirements of this Section shall not affect the validity of any action taken at a meeting prior to a demand at the meeting by any shareholder entitled to vote thereat to examine the list. If the Corporation has 5,000 or more shareholders, it may make such information available at the meeting by any other means.

Section 2.14.    Judges of Election. In advance of any meeting of the shareholders, the Board may appoint judges of election, who need not be shareholders, to act at such meeting or any adjournment thereof. If judges of election are not so appointed, the presiding officer of any such meeting may, and on the request of any shareholder shall, appoint judges of election at the meeting. The number of judges shall be either one (1) or three (3), as determined by the Board or presiding officer, as the case may be, to be appropriate under the circumstances. No person who is a candidate for office to be filled at the meeting shall act as a judge at the meeting. The judges of election shall do all such acts as may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all shareholders, and shall make a written report of any matter determined by them and execute a certificate of any fact found by them, if requested by the presiding officer of the meeting or any shareholder or the proxy of any shareholder. If there are three (3) judges of election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority shall be effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all.

Section 2.15.    Participation by Electronic Means. The right of any shareholder to participate in any shareholders’ meeting by means of conference telephone, the Internet or other electronic means by which all persons participating in the meeting may hear each other and, in which event, all shareholders so participating shall be deemed present at such meeting, shall be granted solely in the discretion of the Board.

Section 2.16.    No Written Consent in Lieu of a Meeting. The shareholders of the Corporation may not take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting, and must take any actions at a duly called annual or special meeting of shareholders and the power of shareholders to consent in writing without a meeting is specifically denied.

ARTICLE 3
DIRECTORS

Section 3.1.    Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board, which may exercise all powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Articles or these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised and done by the shareholders.

Section 3.2.    Number, Elections and Term of Office. Subject to the provisions of the Articles (including, but not limited to, for purposes of these Bylaws, pursuant to any duly authorized certificate of designation), the number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by the Board pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, but the size of the Board shall not be less than three or greater than eleven. The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series or class of stock, as provided in the Articles, shall be divided into three (3) classes, as nearly equal in term as possible, shall be elected to serve a term of three (3) years and shall hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, subject to his earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal. No decrease in the number of authorized directors constituting the whole Board shall shorten the term of any incumbent director. At each annual meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation, commencing with the 2013 annual meeting, the successors of the class of directors whose term expires at that meeting shall be elected by a plurality vote of all votes cast at such meeting to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of shareholders held in the third year following the year of their election.

Section 3.3.    Plurality Voting. When directors are to be elected at a meeting of shareholders, the directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote in the election of directors; provided that, whenever the holders of any class or series of common stock of the Corporation are entitled to elect one or more directors pursuant to the provisions of the Articles, such directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of such class or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote in the election of such directors.

Section 3.4.    Qualifications. Directors shall be natural persons, shall be 18 years or older, and need not be residents of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania or security holders of the Corporation.

Section 3.5.    Nominations of Directors. Nominees for election to the Board shall be selected by the Board or a committee of the Board to which the Board has delegated the authority to make such selections pursuant to Section 3.13 of these Bylaws. Nominees for election to the Board may also be selected by shareholders, provided that such nominations are made in accordance with, and accompanied by the information required by, Section 2.2 and Section 2.3. Only persons duly nominated for election to the Board in accordance with this Section 3.5, Section 2.2 or Section 2.3 and for whose election proxies have been solicited pursuant to a proxy statement filed pursuant to the Exchange Act shall be eligible for election to the Board.

Section 3.6.    Vacancies. Subject to the rights of the holders of any capital stock of the Corporation, as specified in the Articles, and unless the Board otherwise determines, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies on the Board resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause may be filled only by a majority vote of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, and shall not be filled by the shareholders unless there are no directors remaining on the Board. Any director so chosen (a “Vacancy Director”), if chosen to fill a vacancy, shall be a director of the same class as the director whose vacancy he or she fills. Such Vacancy Director shall hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders and until his or her successor shall have been elected and qualified, subject to his earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal. The shareholders shall thereupon elect a director to fill the vacancy having been temporarily filled by the Vacancy Director, which individual may include the incumbent Vacancy Director. The director so elected shall be a director of the same class as the Vacancy Director and shall serve until the annual meeting of shareholders at which the term of office of such class expires and until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, subject to his earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal.

Section 3.7.    Removal.

(a)    Removal by the Shareholders. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series or class of capital stock pursuant to provisions of the Articles, any director may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least eighty percent (80%) of the voting power of the then outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

(b)    Removal by the Board. The Board may declare vacant the office of a director who has been judicially declared of unsound mind or who has been convicted of an offense punishable by imprisonment for a term of more than one year, or if, within one hundred twenty days after notice of election, the director does not accept such office either in writing or by attending a meeting of the Board.

Section 3.8.    Place of Board Meetings. Meetings of the Board may be held at such place within or without the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as the Board may from time to time appoint or as may be designated in the notice of the meeting.

Section 3.9.    First Meeting of Newly Elected Board. The first meeting of each newly elected Board may be held at the same place and immediately after the meeting at which such directors were elected and no notice shall be required other than announcement at such meeting. If such first meeting of the newly elected Board is not so held, notice of such meeting shall be given in the same manner as set forth in Section 3.10 of these Bylaws with respect to notice of regular meetings of the Board.

Section 3.10.    Regular Board Meetings; Notice. Regular meetings of the Board may be held at such times and places as shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board at a duly convened meeting, or by unanimous written consent. Notice of each regular meeting of the Board shall specify the purpose, date, place and hour of the meeting and shall be given to each director at least five (5) days before the meeting. Notice shall be given in a manner consistent with Section 11.4 of these Bylaws.

Section 3.11.    Special Board Meetings; Notice. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the Chair of the Board, if any, by the Chief Executive Officer or President, or by a majority of the directors then in office on one day’s notice to each director, either by telephone, or, if in writing, in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.4 of these Bylaws.

Section 3.12.    Quorum of the Board; Action of the Board. At all meetings of the Board, the presence of a majority of the directors then in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the acts of a majority of the directors present and voting at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the acts of the Board. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting. It shall not be necessary to give any notice of the adjourned meeting or of the business to be transacted thereat other than by announcement at the meeting at which such adjournment is taken.

Section 3.13.    Committees of Directors. The Board may establish one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors, and may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee or for the purposes of any written action by the committee. Any such committee, to the extent provided in such resolution of the Board or in these Bylaws, shall have and may exercise all of the powers and authority of the Board; provided, however, that no such committee shall have any power or authority to (a) submit to the shareholders any action requiring approval of the shareholders under the 1988 BCL, (b) create or fill vacancies on the Board, (c) amend or repeal these Bylaws or adopt new Bylaws, (d) amend or repeal any resolution of the Board that by its terms is amendable or repealable only by the Board, (e) act on any matter committed by these Bylaws or by resolution of the Board to another committee of the Board, (f) amend the Articles or adopt a resolution proposing an amendment to the Articles, or (g) adopt a plan or an agreement of merger or consolidation, share exchange, asset sale or division. In the absence or disqualification of a member or alternate member or members of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not a quorum is present, may unanimously appoint another director to act at the meeting in the place of any absent or disqualified member. Minutes of all meetings of any committee of the Board shall be kept by the person designated by such committee to keep such minutes. Copies of such minutes and any writing setting forth an action taken by written consent without a meeting shall be distributed to each member of the Board promptly after such meeting is held or such action is taken. Each committee of the Board shall serve at the pleasure of the Board.

Section 3.14.    Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, shall preside at all meetings of the Board and of the shareholders. The Chairman shall perform all duties incident to the office of Chairman of the Board and shall have such other powers and duties as the Board assigns to that individual.

Section 3.15.    Participation in Board Meetings by Electronic Means. One or more directors may participate in a meeting of the Board or of a committee of the Board by means of conference telephone or other electronic technology by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and all directors so participating shall be deemed present at the meeting.

Section 3.16.    Action by Written Consent of Directors. Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the Board or of a committee of the Board may be taken without a meeting if, prior or subsequent to the action, a consent or consents in writing setting forth the action so taken shall be signed by all of the directors then in office or the members of the committee, as the case may be, and filed with the Secretary. For purposes of this Section 3.16, a consent may be given by means of a physical written copy or may be transmitted by facsimile transmission, e-mail or similar electronic communications technology.

Section 3.17.    Compensation of Directors. The Board may, by resolution, fix the compensation of directors for their services as directors. A director may also serve the Corporation in any other capacity and receive compensation therefor.

Section 3.18.    Directors’ Liability. A director of the Board shall not be personally liable for monetary damages as such (including, without limitation, any judgment, amount paid in settlement, penalty, punitive damages or expense of any nature (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements)) for any action taken, or any failure to take any action, unless the director has breached or failed to perform the duties of his or her office under the Articles, these Bylaws or applicable provisions of law and the breach or failure to perform constitutes self-dealing, willful misconduct or recklessness.

ARTICLE 4
OFFICERS

Section 4.1.    Number, Qualifications and Designation. The officers of the Corporation shall be a President, one or more Vice Presidents (including executive or Senior Vice Presidents), a Secretary and a Treasurer, and such other officers as may be elected or appointed in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.1 or Section 4.3 of this Article. One person may hold more than one office. Officers may but need not be directors or shareholders of the Corporation. The President and Secretary shall be natural persons of full age; the Treasurer, however, may be a company, but if a natural person, shall be of full age.

Section 4.2.    Election and Term of Office. The officers of the Corporation, except those elected by delegated authority pursuant to Section 4.3 of this Article, shall be elected annually by the Board, and each such officer shall hold office until the next annual organization meeting of Board and until a successor shall have been duly chosen and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation, or removal.

Section 4.3.    Other and Subordinate Officers, Committees and Agents. The Board may from time to time appoint such other officers and appoint such committees, employees or other agents as the business of the Corporation may require, including an executive Chairman of the Board and one or more deputy or vice-chairmen, a chief executive officer, a chief operating officer, one or more assistant secretaries, and one or more assistant treasurers, each of whom shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these Bylaws, or as the Board may from time to time determine. The Board may delegate to any officer or committee the power to appoint subordinate officers and to retain or appoint employees or other agents, or committees thereof, and to prescribe the authority and duties of such subordinate officers, committees, employees or other agents.

Section 4.4.    Resignations. Any officer or agent may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board, or to the President or the Secretary. Any such resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of such notice or at any later time specified therein and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 4.5.    Removal. Any officer, committee, employee or other agent of the Corporation may be removed, either with or without cause, by the Board or other authority which elected or appointed such officer, committee or other agent. Election or appointment of an officer or employee or other agent shall not of itself create contract rights.

Section 4.6.    Vacancies. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification, or any other cause, shall be filled by the Board or by the officer or committee to which the power to fill such office has been delegated pursuant to Section 4.3 of this Article, as the case may be, and if the office is one for which these Bylaws prescribe a term, shall be filled for the unexpired portion of the term.

Section 4.7.    General Powers. All officers of the Corporation as between themselves and the Corporation, shall have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the Corporation as may be provided by or pursuant to resolutions or orders of the Board, or in the absence of controlling provisions in the resolutions or orders of the Board, as may be determined by or pursuant to these Bylaws.

Section 4.8.     The President. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation and shall have general supervision over the business and operations of the Corporation, subject, however, to the control of the Board. The President shall sign, execute, and acknowledge, in the name of the Corporation, deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments, authorized by the Board, except in cases where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board, or by these Bylaws, to some other officer or agent of the Corporation; and, in general, shall perform all duties incident to the office of President and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned by the Board.

Section 4.9.    The Vice Presidents. In the absence of the President, a Vice President, as designated by the Board, shall perform the duties of the President and such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to them by the Board or by the President.

Section 4.10.     The Secretary. The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Shareholders and of the Board and shall record all the votes of the shareholders and of the directors and the minutes of the meetings of the shareholders and of the Board and of committees of the Board in a book or books to be kept for that purpose; shall see that notices are given and records and reports properly kept and filed by the Corporation as required by law; shall be the custodian of the seal of the Corporation and see that it is affixed to all documents to be executed on behalf of the Corporation under its seal; and, in general, shall perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary, and such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by the Board or the President.

Section 4.11.    The Treasurer. The Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer shall have or provide for the custody of the funds or other property of the Corporation; shall collect and receive or provide for the collection and receipt of moneys earned by or in any manner due to or received by the Corporation; shall deposit all funds in his or her custody as treasurer in such banks or other places of deposit as the Board may from time to time designate; shall, whenever so required by the Board, render an account showing all transactions as treasurer, and the financial condition of the Corporation; and, in general, shall discharge such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by the Board or the President.

Section 4.12.    Officers’ Bonds. Any officer shall give a bond for the faithful discharge of the duties of the officer in such sum, if any, and with such surety or sureties as the Board may require.

Section 4.13.    Salaries. The salaries of the officers elected by the Board shall be fixed from time to time by the Board or by such officer as may be designated by resolution of the Board. The salaries or other compensation of any other officers, employees and other agents shall be fixed from time to time by the officer or committee to which the power to elect such officers or to retain or appoint such employees or other agents has been delegated pursuant to Section 4.1 of this Article. No officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary or other compensation by reason of the fact that the officer is also a director of the Corporation.

ARTICLE 5
CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES

Section 5.1.    Share Certificates. Any or all classes and series of shares of the Corporation, or any part thereof, may be represented by uncertificated shares to the extent determined by the Board, except as otherwise required by law or the Articles. To the extent that certificates for shares of the Corporation are issued, such certificates shall be numbered and registered in a share register as they are issued. The share register shall exhibit the names and addresses of all registered holders and the number and class of shares and the series, if any, held by each. To the extent that certificates for shares of the Corporation are issued, each such certificate shall state that the Corporation is incorporated under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, the name of the registered holder and the number and class of shares and the series, if any, represented thereby. If, under its Articles, the Corporation is authorized to issue shares of the Corporation of more than one class or series and certificates for such shares are issued, each such certificate shall set forth, or shall contain a statement that the Corporation will furnish to any shareholder upon request and without charge, a full or summary statement of the designations, voting rights, preferences, limitations and special rights of the shares of each class or series authorized to be issued so far as they have been fixed and determined and the authority of the Board to fix and determine such rights.

Section 5.2.    Execution of Certificates. Every share certificate shall be executed, by facsimile or otherwise, by or on behalf of the Corporation, by the Chief Executive Officer and/or President, by any Vice-President, or by the Secretary. In case any officer who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon any share certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, because of death, resignation or otherwise, before the certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if the officer had not ceased to be such at the time of issue.

ARTICLE 6
TRANSFER OF SHARES

Section 6.1.    Transfer. Transfers of shares shall be made on the share register of the Corporation only by the record holder of such shares, or by the appropriate person or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, and, in the case of shares represented by a certificate, upon the presentment of the certificate therefore in the manner set forth herein. Upon presentment to the Corporation or its transfer agent of a share certificate endorsed by the appropriate person or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, a new certificate shall be issued to the person entitled thereto and the old certificate canceled and the transfer registered upon the books of the Corporation, unless either: (a) the Corporation has received a demand from an appropriate person to make an indorsement on such certificate that the Corporation not register transfer; or (b) the Corporation has been served with a restraining order, injunction or other process from a court of competent jurisdiction enjoining it from registering the transfer. Any demand to the Corporation not to register transfer shall identify the registered owner and the issue of which such share is a part and provide an address to send communications directed to the person making the demand. No demand described in Section 6.1 (a) above shall be effective unless it is received by the Corporation at a time and in a manner affording the Corporation a reasonable opportunity to act on it. To the extent that shares are not represented by certificates, transfer of such shares shall be made pursuant to such procedures as the Board may adopt.

Section 6.2.    Request to Register Transfer After Demand. If a share certificate is presented to the Corporation or its transfer agent with a request to register transfer after a demand that the Corporation not register transfer of such certificate has become effective pursuant to Section 6.1 of these Bylaws, then the Corporation shall promptly communicate to each of the person who initiated the demand and the person who presented the certificate for registration of transfer a notification stating that: (a) the certificate has been presented for registration of transfer; (b) a demand that the Corporation not register transfer of such certificate had previously been received; and (c) the Corporation will withhold registration of transfer of such certificate for a period of thirty (30) days (or such shorter period of time as stated in the notification that is not manifestly unreasonable) from the date of the notification in order to provide the person who initiated the demand an opportunity to obtain legal process or an indemnity bond.

Section 6.3.    Limitation of Liability. The Corporation shall not be liable to a person who initiated a demand that the Corporation not register transfer for any loss the person suffers as a result of registration of transfer if the person who initiated demand does not, within the time stated in the notification described in Section 6.2 of these Bylaws, either (a) obtain an appropriate restraining order, injunction or other process from a court of competent jurisdiction enjoining the Corporation from registering the transfer, or (b) file with the Corporation an indemnity bond, sufficient in the Board’s reasonable discretion to protect the Corporation or its transfer agent from any loss it or they may suffer by refusing to register the transfer.

ARTICLE 7
RECORD DATE; IDENTITY OF SHAREHOLDERS

Section 7.1.    Record Date. The Board may fix a time, prior to the date of any meeting of the shareholders, as a record date for the determination of the shareholders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, the meeting, which time, except in the case of an adjourned meeting, shall not be more than ninety (90) days prior to the date of the meeting. Except as otherwise provided in Section 7.2 of these Bylaws, only the shareholders of record at the close of business on the date so fixed shall be entitled to notice of, or to vote at, such meeting, notwithstanding any transfer of securities on the books of the Corporation after any record date so fixed. The Board may similarly fix a record date for the determination of shareholders for any other purpose. When a determination of shareholders of record has been made as herein provided for purposes of a meeting, the determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof unless the Board fixes a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

Section 7.2.    Certification of Nominee. The Board may adopt a procedure whereby a shareholder may certify in writing to the Secretary that all or a portion of the shares registered in the name of the shareholder are held for the account of a specified person or persons. The Board, in adopting such procedure, may specify (a) the classification of shareholder who may certify, (b) the purpose or purposes for which the certification may be made, (c) the form of certification and the information to be contained therein, (d) as to certifications with respect to a record date, the date after the record date by which the certification must be received by the Secretary, and (e) such other provisions with respect to the procedure as the Board deems necessary or desirable. Upon receipt by the Secretary of a certification complying with the procedure, the persons specified in the certification shall be deemed, for the purpose or purposes set forth in the certification, to be the holders of record of the number of shares specified instead of the persons making the certification.

ARTICLE 8
REGISTERED SHAREHOLDERS

Before due presentment for transfer of any shares, the Corporation shall treat the registered owner thereof as the person exclusively entitled to vote, to receive notifications and otherwise to exercise all the rights and powers of an owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim or interest in such securities, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania or Section 7.2 of these Bylaws.

ARTICLE 9
LOST CERTIFICATES

If the owner of a share certificate claims that it has been lost, destroyed, or wrongfully taken, the Corporation shall issue a new certificate in place of the original certificate if the owner so requests before the Corporation has notice that the certificate has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, and if the owner has filed with the Corporation an indemnity bond and an affidavit of the facts satisfactory to the Board or its designated agent, and has complied with such other reasonable requirements, if any, as the Board may deem appropriate.

ARTICLE 10
DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 10.1.    Distributions. Distributions upon the shares of the Corporation, whether by dividend, purchase or redemption or other acquisition of its shares subject to any provisions of the Articles related thereto, may be authorized by the Board at any regular or special meeting of the Board and may be paid directly or indirectly in cash, in property or by the incurrence of indebtedness by the Corporation.

Section 10.2.    Reserves. Before the making of any distributions, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for distributions such sum or sums as the Board from time to time, in its absolute discretion, deems proper as a reserve fund to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board shall deem conducive to the interests of the Corporation, and the Board may abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

Section 10.3.    Stock Dividends/Splits. Stock dividends or splits upon the shares of the Corporation, subject to any provisions of the Articles related thereto, may be authorized by the Board at any regular or special meeting of the Board.

ARTICLE 11
GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 11.1.    Checks and Notes. All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers as the Board may from time to time designate.

Section 11.2.    Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be as determined by the Board.

Section 11.3.    Seal. The corporate seal, if any, shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Pennsylvania.” Such seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any manner reproduced. The affixation of the corporate seal shall not be necessary to the valid execution, assignment or endorsement of any instrument or other document by the Corporation.

Section 11.4.    Notices. Whenever, under the provisions of the 1988 BCL or of the Articles or of these Bylaws or otherwise, written notice is required to be given to any person, it may be given to such person either personally or by sending a copy thereof by first class or express mail, postage prepaid, telegram (with messenger service specified), telex, TWX (with answerback received), courier service (with charges prepaid), electronic mail, facsimile transmission or by any other means permitted by the 1988 BCL, to his, her or its address, (or to his, her or its telex, TWX, electronic mail address, facsimile number or other place as specified in the 1998 BCL), appearing on the books of the Corporation or, in the case of directors, supplied by the director to the Corporation for the purpose of notice. If the notice is sent by mail, telegraph or courier service, it shall be deemed to have been given to the person entitled thereto when deposited in the United States mail or with a telegraph office or courier service for delivery to that person. A notice given by telex, TWX, electronic mail or facsimile transmission shall be deemed to have been given when dispatched. Notice or other communications need not be sent to any shareholder with whom the Corporation has been unable to communicate for more than 24 consecutive months because communications to the shareholder are returned unclaimed or the shareholder has otherwise failed to provide the Corporation with a current address. Whenever such shareholder provides the Corporation with a current address, the Corporation shall commence sending notices and other communications to such shareholder in the same manner as to other shareholders.

Section 11.5.    Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice is required to be given by the 1988 BCL or by the Articles or these Bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to the notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice.

Neither the business to be transacted nor the purpose of a meeting need be specified in the waiver of notice of the meeting. Attendance of a person at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of the meeting, except where any person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting was not lawfully called or convened, and the person so objects at the beginning of the meeting.

ARTICLE 12AMENDMENTS

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by the 1988 BCL, the Board is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend, change, add to or repeal any provision of these Bylaws by the affirmative vote of a majority of the total number of directors then in office, subject to the power of the holders of the then outstanding capital stock of the Corporation to alter, amend, change, add to or repeal any provision of these Bylaws made by the Board. Subject to Article THIRTEENTH of the Articles, any alteration, amendment, change, addition to, adoption or repeal of any provision of these Bylaws will require the affirmative vote of a majority of the total number of directors then in office, or the affirmative vote of a majority of the combined voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote on such alteration, amendment, change, addition to, adoption or repeal of such provision of these Bylaws.

ARTICLE 13
INDEMNIFICATION

Section 13.1.    Officers and Directors - Direct Actions. The Corporation shall indemnify any director or officer of the Corporation (as used herein, the phrase “director or officer of the Corporation” shall mean any person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another domestic or foreign corporation for profit or not-for-profit, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise), who was or is a party (other than a party plaintiff suing on his or her own behalf), or who is threatened to be made such a party, to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he or she met the standard of conduct of (a) acting in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, and (b) with respect to any criminal proceeding, having no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement or conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not of itself create a presumption that the person (x) did not act in good faith and in a manner that he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, and (y) with respect to any criminal proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

Section 13.2.    Officers and Directors - Derivative Actions. The Corporation shall indemnify any director or officer of the Corporation who was or is a party (other than a party suing in the right of the Corporation), or is threatened to be made a party, to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in the Corporation’s favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense or settlement of the action, suit or proceeding if he or she met the standard of conduct of acting in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation. Indemnification shall not be made under this Section in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which the person has been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Common Pleas of the judicial district embracing the county in which the registered office of the Corporation is located or the court in which the action, suit or proceeding was brought determines upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for the expenses that the Court of Common Pleas or other court deems proper.

Section 13.3.    Employees and Agents. The Corporation may, to the extent permitted by the 1988 BCL, indemnify any employee or agent of the Corporation (as used in this Article 13, the phrase “employee or agent of the Corporation” shall mean any person who is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation, other than an officer, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another domestic or foreign corporation for profit or not-for-profit, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) who was or is a party, or who is threatened to be made such a party, to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation, provided he or she has met the standard of conduct set forth in Sections 13.1 and 13.2, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 13.2 in the case of an action, suit or proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in the Corporation’s favor.

Section 13.4.    Mandatory Indemnification. To the extent that a director or officer of the Corporation or any employee or agent of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action or proceeding referred to in Sections 13.1, 13.2 or 13.3 of this Article 13, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified by the Corporation against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith.

Section 13.5.    Advancing Expenses. Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a director or officer of the Corporation or an employee or agent of the Corporation in defending any action or proceeding referred to in this Article 13 may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of the action or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay such amount if it is ultimately determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article 13.

Section 13.6.    Procedure.

(a)    Unless ordered by a court, any indemnification under Section 13.1, 13.2 or 13.3 or advancement of expenses under Section 13.5 of this Article 13 shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in a specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 13.1, 13.2 or 13.3.

(b)    All determinations under this Section 13.6 shall be made:

(i)    With respect to indemnification under Section 13.3 and advancement of expenses to an employee or agent of the Corporation, other than an officer, by the Board.

(ii)    With respect to indemnification under Section 13.1 or 13.2 and advancement of expenses to a director or officer of the Corporation,

(A)    By the Board, by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action or proceeding, or

(B)    If such a quorum is not obtainable, or, if obtainable and a majority vote of a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or

(C)    By the shareholders.

Section 13.7.    Nonexclusivity of Indemnification.

(a)    The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article 13 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which a person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to actions in his or her official capacity and as to actions in another capacity while holding that office. Section 1728 (relating to interested directors; quorum) of the 1988 BCL, or any successor section, shall be applicable to any bylaw, contract or transaction authorized by the directors under this Section 13.7. The Corporation may create a fund of any nature, which may, but need not be, under the control of a trustee, or otherwise secure or insure in any manner its indemnification obligations, whether arising under or pursuant to this Article 13 or otherwise.

(b)    Indemnification pursuant to Section 13.7(a) hereof shall not be made in any case where the act or failure to act giving rise to the claim for indemnification is determined by a court to have constituted self-dealing, willful misconduct or recklessness.

(c)    Indemnification pursuant to Section 13.7(a) under any bylaw, agreement, vote of shareholders or directors or otherwise, may be granted for any action taken or any failure to take any action and may be made whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify the person under any other provision of law except as provided in this Section 13.7 and whether or not the indemnified liability arises or arose from any threatened or pending or completed action by or in the right of the Corporation.

Section 13.8.    Insurance. The Corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or an employee or agent of the Corporation, against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against that liability under the provisions of this Article 13 or otherwise.

Section 13.9.    Past Officers and Directors. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article 13 shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs and personal representatives of that person.

Section 13.10.    Surviving or New Corporations. References to “the Corporation” in this Article 13 include all constituent corporations absorbed in a consolidation, merger or division, as well as the surviving or new corporation resulting therefrom, so that any director, officer, employee or agent of the constituent, surviving or new corporation shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article 13 with respect to the surviving or new corporation as he or she would if he or she had served the surviving or new corporation in the same capacity.

Section 13.11.    Employee Benefit Plans.

(a)    References in this Article 13 to “other enterprise” shall include employee benefit plans and references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation that imposes duties on, or involves services by, the person with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries.

(b)    Excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to applicable law shall be deemed “fines.”

(c)    Action with respect to an employee benefit plan taken or omitted in good faith by a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed to be action in a manner that is not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation.

ARTICLE 14

FORUM FOR ADJUDICATION OF DISPUTES

Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s shareholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to, or involving any application, interpretation, enforcement or determination of validity of, any provision of the Pennsylvania Associations Code, the 1988 BCL or the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the Corporation, (iv) any action or proceeding brought under 15 Pa.C.S. Subchapter 15D (relating to dissenters rights), (v) any action or proceeding brought under 15 Pa.C.S. Subchapter 17G (relating to judicial supervision of corporate action), (vi) any action or proceeding brought under 15 Pa.C.S. Chapter 25 (relating to registered corporations), or (vii) any action asserting a claim peculiar to the relationships between or among the Corporation and its officers, directors, and shareholders, or otherwise governed by or involving the internal affairs doctrine, shall be a state or federal court located within the County of Philadelphia in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. Without limiting any of the foregoing, nothing contained in this Article 14 is intended to limit or otherwise adversely impact any property right vested in the Corporation’s shareholders or is intended to limit, determine or address the merits or substance of any action or proceeding (including, whether any action or proceeding should be commenced or maintained against the Corporation or against any of the Corporation’s directors, officers, shareholders, employees or agents, or whether any particular type or form of remedy or relief should be sought or is available against the Corporation or against any of its directors, officers or employees), but instead, the provisions of this Article 14 are solely procedural in nature and govern only the exclusive location, forum and venue for the commencement of actions and proceedings expressly enumerated in clauses (i) through (vii) of the immediately preceding sentence.

EX-10.23

Exhibit 10.23

December 10, 2014

Michael Romanko

Re: Your Employment Offer

Dear Michael:

On behalf of Five Below Merchandising, Inc. (the “Company”), I am proud to extend you an offer to join our Company as a Executive Vice President, Merchandising. In that position, you will lead the Merchandising team. You will report directly to Joel Anderson, President. You will be working in the Company’s Corporate Headquarters in Philadelphia, PA and your anticipated start date is TBD. Your offer of employment is expressly conditioned on Company’s Board approval and your signing and returning this letter and the attached Non-Disclosure Agreement.

Your annual base salary will initially be $450,000 which will be paid every other week, less payroll deductions and all required withholdings. The first day of the calendar month that is sixty days or more after your start date, you will be eligible to participate in the health benefit plans that the Company sponsors for the benefit of its employees.

Upon execution of this offer letter, the Non-Disclosure Agreement attached hereto and the commencement of your employment with the Company, you will be eligible for the following additional items of compensation:

Incentive Bonus:

You will be eligible to participate in the company’s Incentive Bonus plan commencing in the Company’s 2015 fiscal year, to be paid in 2016, currently targeted at 50% of your annual salary. The amount of the bonus will depend on a combination of various measures including achieving Company profitability as well as your achievement of individual performance goals. To be eligible to receive the bonus you must be actively employed on the date the bonus is paid.

Long-Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”):

Commencing with the Company’s 2016 fiscal year, you will be eligible for an annual equity grant pursuant to the Company’s long-term incentive program, with a targeted annual grant value equal to $300,000. Such equity grant shall be delivered and vested, subject to the same terms and conditions as equity grants made to the Company’s other senior executive officers.

Initial Equity Grant:

On or as soon as administratively feasible following the Effective Date (which shall be defined as the date your employment commences), you will receive an equity grant equivalent to $800,000. The equity grant will be delivered $400,000 in restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and $400,000 in a stock option grant, determined as follows:

• The actual number of RSUs in the initial equity grant shall be determined by dividing $400,000 by the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the Effective Date.

• The actual number of shares underlying the stock options in the grant shall be determined by dividing $400,000 by the Company’s most recent Black-Scholes value attributable to Company options, as of the Effective Date.

• Subject to your continued employment on the applicable vesting date, the options and RSUs in the grant will vest 50% on the second anniversary of the date of the grant; and 25% on each of the third and fourth anniversaries of the date of the grant.

COBRA Coverage:

Five Below will pay for your COBRA coverage during your 60-day waiting period for the company’s Benefit Plan. Please forward the appropriate paperwork to Kelly Ann McGrath in Human Resources. If within the first twelve months of employment your position is terminated with “cause” by the Company or you choose to terminate voluntarily your position, you will be required to repay the COBRA amounts in full to the Company upon leaving.

Relocation:

Certain relocation expenses may be subject to payroll taxes and included in wages on your W-2. The Company agrees to pay for the relocation expenses listed below. If within the first twelve months of employment your position is terminated with “cause” by the Company or you choose to terminate voluntarily your position, you will be required to repay the relocation amounts in full to the Company upon leaving.

• Packing, moving, and unpacking costs to move your belongings from North Haledon, NJ to Philadelphia, PA not to exceed $25,000. All packing, moving and unpacking expenses will be paid directly to vendor when possible.

• Miscellaneous expenses such as mileage, lodging and meals while en route from North Haledon, NJ to Philadelphia, PA.

• Temporary housing for you will be provided for a maximum of 6 months not to exceed $25,000. The housing will be a direct bill from the landlord and you will be required to utilize the housing provided by the company.

• Two trips will be provided for your spouse or partner to visit the market. Flights/train will be scheduled by way of the Five Below travel site, World Travel and billed directly to the company.

• Travel to and from New Jersey every other weekend for you during the first 90 days of employment will be included in the relocation package. Travel will be scheduled by way of the Five Below travel site, World Travel and billed directly to the company.

For purposes of the above, the term “cause” shall be defined as (i) alcohol abuse or use of controlled drugs (other than in accordance with a physician’s prescription); (ii) gross negligence or willful misconduct in the course of employment (failure to meet performance standards or objectives, by itself, does not constitute cause); (iii) any breach of any obligation or duty to the Company or any of its affiliates (whether arising by statute, common law, contract or otherwise) relating to confidentiality, noncompetition, non-solicitation or property rights; (iv) other conduct involving any type of disloyalty to the Company or any of its affiliates, including, without limitation, fraud, embezzlement, theft or proven dishonesty; and (v) conviction of (or the entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to) a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude or any felony.

You will be an “at-will” employee who can resign or terminate your employment with the Company at any time. Likewise, the Company may terminate your employment at any time and for any reason whatsoever, with or without “Cause” or advance notice. This at-will employment relationship cannot be changed except as approved in writing by a duly authorized Company officer.

As a Company employee, you will be expected to abide by the Company rules and regulations, and sign and comply with the Non-Disclosure Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A. By executing this letter, you represent that (1) you will not be prevented from performing any of your duties for the Company as a result of any agreement with or other contractual or statutory obligation to (including, without limitation, any non-competition, proprietary information or confidentiality agreement) any prior employer and (2) the information from the consumer report obtained in the screening and selection process does not result in an adverse decision with regard to your employment. The employment terms in this letter supersede any other agreements or promises made to you by anyone, whether oral or written. As required by law, this offer is subject to satisfactory proof of your right to work in the United States.

We are excited about working with you and having you as part of our team. If you have any questions regarding this offer, please call me.

If acceptable, please countersign and date this letter in the space provided below and return the original of this letter and Exhibit A to me.

Sincerely,    

/s/ Bill Clark

Bill Clark

Senior Vice President, Human Resources

Attachment

I have read and understand the terms of this employment offer and I accept this offer as presented:

/s/ Michael Romanko    December 14, 2014    

Michael Romanko                        Date

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

Five Below, Inc.:

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (No. 333‑182817 and No.333-185196) on Form S-8 and registration statement (No. 333-191210) on Form S-3 of Five Below, Inc. of our reports dated March 26, 2015, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Five Below, Inc. and subsidiary as of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in convertible preferred stock and shareholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended January 31, 2015 and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of January 31, 2015, which reports appear in the January 31, 2015 annual report on Form 10‑K of Five Below, Inc.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

March 26, 2015

EX-31.1

CERTIFICATION Exhibit 31.1

I, Joel D. Anderson, certify that:

1.I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Five Below, Inc.;

2.Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

By:	/s/ Joel D. Anderson
	Name:	Joel D. Anderson
	Title:	President and Chief Executive Officer

Dated: March 26, 2015

EX-31.2

CERTIFICATION Exhibit 31.2

I, Kenneth R. Bull, certify that:

1.I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Five Below, Inc.;

2.Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

By:	/s/ Kenneth R. Bull
	Name:	Kenneth R. Bull
	Title:	Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

Dated: March 26, 2015

EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the annual report of Five Below, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Joel D. Anderson, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

/s/ Joel D. Anderson

Joel D. Anderson

President and Chief Executive Officer

Date: March 26, 2015

EX-32.2

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the annual report of Five Below, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Kenneth R. Bull, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

/s/ Kenneth R. Bull

Kenneth R. Bull

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

Date: March 26, 2015

XML

Income (Loss) Per Common Share (Computations Of Basic And Diluted Income (Loss) Per Share) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2015	Nov. 01, 2014	Aug. 02, 2014	May 03, 2014	Feb. 01, 2014	Nov. 02, 2013	Aug. 03, 2013	May 04, 2013	Jan. 31, 2015	Feb. 01, 2014	Feb. 02, 2013
Numerator:
Net income	$ 33,313	$ 3,311	$ 8,320	$ 3,080	$ 24,826	$ 1,677	$ 4,069	$ 1,570	$ 48,024	$ 32,142	$ 20,025
Dividend paid to preferred shareholders									0	0	(62,504)
Dividend paid to unvested restricted shareholders									0	0	(2,899)
Net income attributable to participating securities									(20)	(465)	0
Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders									$ 48,004	$ 31,677	$ (45,378)
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares outstanding - basic (shares)									54,219,801	53,294,805	35,444,200
Dilutive impact of options and warrants (shares)									354,054	447,055	0
Weighted average common share outstanding - diluted (shares)									54,573,855	53,741,860	35,444,200
Per common share:
Basic income (loss) per common share (dollars per share)	$ 0.61	$ 0.06	$ 0.15	$ 0.06	$ 0.46	$ 0.03	$ 0.08	$ 0.03	$ 0.89	$ 0.59	$ (1.28)
Diluted income (loss) per common share (dollars per share)	$ 0.61	$ 0.06	$ 0.15	$ 0.06	$ 0.45	$ 0.03	$ 0.07	$ 0.03	$ 0.88	$ 0.59	$ (1.28)

XML

Income Taxes (Schedule of Income Tax Components) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2015	Feb. 01, 2014	Feb. 02, 2013
Current:
Federal	$ 28,480	$ 21,718	$ 8,127
State	3,218	3,172	2,130
Current income tax expense (benefit)	31,698	24,890	10,257
Deferred:
Federal	(2,544)	(3,977)	3,043
State	(519)	(1,097)	769
Deferred income tax expense (benefit)	(3,063)	(5,074)	3,812
Income tax expense	$ 28,635	$ 19,816	$ 14,069

XML

Shareholders' Equity (Deficit) (Common Stock) (Details) (USD $)	0 Months Ended				1 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Jul. 01, 2013	Feb. 04, 2013	Jul. 24, 2012	Jul. 17, 2012	Mar. 31, 2012	Jan. 31, 2015	Feb. 01, 2014	Feb. 02, 2013	Sep. 23, 2013	Sep. 27, 2012
Class of Stock [Line Items]
Options cancelled (shares)					2,020,620	20,000	35,300	2,020,620
Percentage of shares vested (percent)						33.00%	33.00%	33.00%
Compensation expense					$ 17,400,000	$ 16,400	$ 13,500
Expenses on date of modification					5,300,000	5,400,000
Stock options vesting period from the date of grant (years)					2 years
Fair value warrant to purchase common stock								43,000
Proceeds from issuance of common stock						200,000	100,000
Reverse stock split ratio				0.3460
Common stock, shares authorized				120,000,000		120,000,000	120,000,000
Preferred stock dividend, percentage				8.00%				8.00%
Initial public offering shares (shares)			11,057,692
Initial public offering shares price per share (dollars per share)			$ 17.00
Net proceeds from issuance of initial public offering after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering costs			73,200,000
Underwriters discount and legal, accounting, and other expenses			8,500,000
Repayment of Term Loan Facility			65,300,000			19,500,000	15,000,000	65,500,000
Interest expense			700,000
Number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance (shares)										500,000
Discount on common stock fair value for employee purchases (percent)										10.00%
Stock Issued During Period, Shares, Employee Stock Purchase Plans						179,000	148,000
Secondary stock offering	6,900,000	13,012,250							7,100,000
Secondary Offering Price Per Share	$ 36.00	$ 35.65							$ 46.65
Stock Offering Expenses	$ 1,000,000	$ 1,000,000
IPO [Member]
Class of Stock [Line Items]
Initial public offering shares (shares)			4,807,692
Shares Sold By Stockholders [Member]
Class of Stock [Line Items]
Initial public offering shares (shares)			6,250,000
Underwriters [Member]
Class of Stock [Line Items]
Initial public offering shares (shares)			1,442,308
Common stock [Member]
Class of Stock [Line Items]
Stock Issued During Period, Shares, Employee Stock Purchase Plans						4,345	3,565
Performance Based Vesting Schedule [Member]
Class of Stock [Line Items]
Options cancelled (shares)					1,010,310			1,010,310

XML

Income Taxes (Schedule Of Income Tax Rate Reconciliation) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2015	Feb. 01, 2014	Feb. 02, 2013
Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]
Statutory federal tax rate	35.00%	35.00%	35.00%
State taxes, net of federal benefit	2.20%	2.60%	5.50%
Other	0.20%	0.50%	0.80%
Effective tax rate	37.40%	38.10%	41.30%

XML

Shareholders' Equity (Deficit) (Narrative) (Details) (USD $)	Jan. 31, 2015 vote	Feb. 01, 2014	Jul. 17, 2012
Equity [Abstract]
Common stock, shares authorized	120,000,000	120,000,000	120,000,000
Common stock, par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Preferred stock, shares authorized	5,000,000
Preferred stock, par value	$ 0.01
Voting right per common stock share (vote)	1

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Leases) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2015 period
Accounting Policies [Abstract]
Operating lease period (years)	10 years
Lease renewal period, minimum (years)	5 years
Number of lease extension periods	1
Operating lease agreement extension term (years)	10 years

XML

Income Taxes (Narrative) (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2015	Feb. 01, 2014	Feb. 02, 2013
Income Tax [Line Items]
Total income taxes paid	$ 21,600,000	$ 25,000,000	$ 10,800,000
Accrual for uncertain tax, interest or penalties	$ 0
Minimum [Member]
Income Tax [Line Items]
State income taxes, statute of limitations period (years)	3 years
Maximum [Member]
Income Tax [Line Items]
State income taxes, statute of limitations period (years)	4 years

XML

Segment Reporting (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2015

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Percentage of Net Sales Represented by Each Product Group

Set forth below is data for the following groups of products: leisure, fashion and home, and party and snack. The percentage of net sales represented by each product group for each of the last three fiscal years was as follows:

Sales by Product Group	Percentage of Net Sales
	Fiscal Year
	2014		2013		2012
Leisure	51.0	%	51.7	%	52.6	%
Fashion and home	29.3	%	29.3	%	30.3	%
Party and snack	19.7	%	19.0	%	17.1	%
Total	100.0	%	100.0	%	100.0	%

XML

Common Stock Options (2002 Equity Incentive Plan) (Details) (USD $)	0 Months Ended	12 Months Ended			0 Months Ended
	May 16, 2012	Jan. 31, 2015	Feb. 01, 2014	Feb. 02, 2013	May 23, 2012	Jul. 24, 2012
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Common Stock, Dividends, Per Share, Cash Paid	$ 2.02	$ 0	$ 0	$ 2.02
2002 Equity Incentive Plan [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Shares available for issuance (shares)						7,600,000
Stock options and restricted shares available for grant (shares)		4,031,938
Common Stock, Dividends, Per Share, Cash Paid					$ 2.02

XML

Financing Transactions, Line of Credit and Note Payable (Line of Credit) (Details) (USD $)	0 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Jul. 24, 2012	Jan. 31, 2015	Feb. 01, 2014	Feb. 02, 2013
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Increase in revolving credit facility		$ 7,000,000	$ 0	$ 0
Servicing Fee		12,000
Interest expense	700,000
Revolving Credit Facility [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Revolving credit facility maximum borrowings		20,000,000	20,000,000
Period prior to expiration of term facility for expiration of revolving line of credit (days)		45 days
Increase in revolving credit facility		7,000,000
Issuance of letters of credit		5,000,000
Borrowing base percentage (percent)		90.00%
Deferred financing costs				50.0
Percentage of unused credit facility fee (percent)		0.375%
Servicing fee		12,000
Excess collateral availability percentage (percent)		10.00%
Revolving credit facility collateral amount		3,000,000
Letter of credit fee (percentage)		2.00%
Interest expense		0	0	0
Letters of credit, outstanding amount		0	0	0
Line of credit, remaining borrowing capacity		19,700,000
Letters of credit, borrowing capacity		300,000
Revolving Credit Facility [Member] | Prime Rate [Member] | Excess Availability Greater Than Or Equal To 75% [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Interest rate on borrowings (percent)		0.75%
Revolving Credit Facility [Member] | Prime Rate [Member] | Excess Availability Less Than 75% But Greater Than Or Equal To 33% [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Interest rate on borrowings (percent)		1.00%
Revolving Credit Facility [Member] | Prime Rate [Member] | Excess Availability Less Than 33% [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Interest rate on borrowings (percent)		1.25%
Excess interest on available borrowings		33.00%
Revolving Credit Facility [Member] | Prime Rate [Member] | Minimum [Member] | Excess Availability Greater Than Or Equal To 75% [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Excess interest on available borrowings		75.00%
Revolving Credit Facility [Member] | Prime Rate [Member] | Minimum [Member] | Excess Availability Less Than 75% But Greater Than Or Equal To 33% [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Excess interest on available borrowings		33.00%
Revolving Credit Facility [Member] | Prime Rate [Member] | Maximum [Member] | Excess Availability Less Than 75% But Greater Than Or Equal To 33% [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Excess interest on available borrowings		75.00%
Revolving Credit Facility [Member] | LIBOR Plus [Member] | Excess Availability Greater Than Or Equal To 75% [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Interest rate on borrowings (percent)		1.75%
Revolving Credit Facility [Member] | LIBOR Plus [Member] | Excess Availability Less Than 75% But Greater Than Or Equal To 33% [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Interest rate on borrowings (percent)		2.00%
Revolving Credit Facility [Member] | LIBOR Plus [Member] | Excess Availability Less Than 33% [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Interest rate on borrowings (percent)		2.25%
Revolving Credit Facility [Member] | LIBOR Plus [Member] | Minimum [Member] | Excess Availability Greater Than Or Equal To 75% [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Excess interest on available borrowings		75.00%
Revolving Credit Facility [Member] | LIBOR Plus [Member] | Minimum [Member] | Excess Availability Less Than 75% But Greater Than Or Equal To 33% [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Excess interest on available borrowings		33.00%
Revolving Credit Facility [Member] | LIBOR Plus [Member] | Maximum [Member] | Excess Availability Less Than 75% But Greater Than Or Equal To 33% [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Excess interest on available borrowings		75.00%
Borrowing Capacity Increase Under Certain Conditions [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Revolving credit facility maximum borrowings		30,000,000
2012-2013 [Member] | Revolving Credit Facility [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Increase in revolving credit facility		$ 0

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Store Pre-Opening Costs) (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2015	Feb. 01, 2014	Feb. 02, 2013
Accounting Policies [Abstract]
Pre-opening costs	$ 4.6	$ 4.3	$ 3.5

XML

Common Stock Options (Stock-Based Compensation Expense) (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2015	Feb. 01, 2014	Feb. 02, 2013
Share-based Compensation [Abstract]
Expected volatility	47.90%	50.00%	50.00%
Risk-free interest rate	1.90%	1.40%	1.30%
Expected life of options	6 years 4 months 20 days	6 years 3 months 18 days	6 years 3 months 18 days
Expected dividend yield	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%
Weighted average grant-date fair value of stock options granted (dollars per share)	$ 17.59	$ 18.90	$ 7.42
Total intrinsic value of stock options exercised	$ 7,000,000	$ 7,200,000	$ 200,000.0
Share Based Compensation, Stock Options Exercisable and Outstanding Intrinsic Value	8,800,000
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Options, Outstanding, Intrinsic Value	12,700,000
Proceeds from stock options exercised			36,000
Excess tax benefit related to restricted shares and exercise of stock options and warrants	$ 2,049,000	$ 2,262,000	$ 1,647,000

XML

Quarterly Results of Operations and Seasonality (Unaudited) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2015	Nov. 01, 2014	Aug. 02, 2014	May 03, 2014	Feb. 01, 2014	Nov. 02, 2013	Aug. 03, 2013	May 04, 2013	Jan. 31, 2015	Feb. 01, 2014	Feb. 02, 2013
Quarterly Financial Information Disclosure [Abstract]
Net sales	$ 263,756	$ 137,979	$ 152,479	$ 126,004	$ 211,964	$ 110,747	$ 117,087	$ 95,604	$ 680,218	$ 535,402	$ 418,825
Gross profit	106,328	41,623	50,905	38,935	84,169	34,234	39,400	30,213	237,791	188,016	149,836
Net income	$ 33,313	$ 3,311	$ 8,320	$ 3,080	$ 24,826	$ 1,677	$ 4,069	$ 1,570	$ 48,024	$ 32,142	$ 20,025
Basic (loss) income per common share (dollars per share)	$ 0.61	$ 0.06	$ 0.15	$ 0.06	$ 0.46	$ 0.03	$ 0.08	$ 0.03	$ 0.89	$ 0.59	$ (1.28)
Diluted (loss) income per common share (dollars per share)	$ 0.61	$ 0.06	$ 0.15	$ 0.06	$ 0.45	$ 0.03	$ 0.07	$ 0.03	$ 0.88	$ 0.59	$ (1.28)
Fiscal year period									364 days	364 days	371 days

XML

Shareholders' Equity (Deficit) (Preferred Stock) (Details) (USD $) In Millions, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	0 Months Ended	12 Months Ended	0 Months Ended	48 Months Ended
	Jul. 17, 2012	Feb. 02, 2013	Jul. 24, 2012	Oct. 14, 2014	Oct. 14, 2010
Class of Stock [Line Items]
Preferred stock dividend, percentage	8.00%	8.00%
Series A 8% Percent Convertible Preferred Stock [Member]
Class of Stock [Line Items]
Preferred Stock, shares issued (shares)					89,291,773
Preferred stock dividend, percentage				8.00%
Proceeds from issuance of convertible preferred stock				$ 191.9
Stock issuance costs				$ 2.1
Dividends payable (dollars per share)			$ 2.17
Preferred Stock converted into common stock (shares)			30,894,953

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2015

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Description of Business

Five Below, Inc. (collectively with its wholly owned subsidiary as the "Company") is a specialty value retailer offering merchandise targeted at the teen and pre-teen demographic. The Company offers an edited assortment of products, priced at $5 and below. The Company’s edited assortment of products includes select brands and licensed merchandise. The Company believes its merchandise is readily available, and that there are a number of potential vendors that could be utilized, if necessary, under approximately the same terms the Company is currently receiving; thus, it is not dependent on a single vendor or a group of vendors.

The Company is incorporated in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and, as of January 31, 2015, operated in 21 states that include Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Delaware, Maryland, Virginia, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, West Virginia, North Carolina, New York, Connecticut, Rhode Island, Ohio, Illinois, Indiana, Michigan, Missouri, Georgia, Texas, Tennessee and Maine. As of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, the Company operated 366 stores and 304 stores, respectively, each operating under the name “Five Below.”

On June 12, 2013, the Company completed an internal business restructuring pursuant to which the Company formed Five Below Merchandising, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary (the “Subsidiary”), and transferred to the Subsidiary assets, operations and employees related to the Company's merchandising operations (the “Restructuring”). Following the Restructuring, the Subsidiary purchases and sells to the Company certain goods for sale at the Company's retail locations, and the Company provides to the Subsidiary back office support, office space and other services, in each case, pursuant to agreements between the Company and the Subsidiary. The Company's consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Five Below, Inc. and the Subsidiary. All intercompany transactions and accounts are eliminated in the consolidation of the Company's and Subsidiary's financial statements.

(b) Fiscal Year

The Company operates on a 52/53-week fiscal year ending on the Saturday closest to January 31. References to “fiscal year 2014” or “fiscal 2014” refer to the period from February 2, 2014 to January 31, 2015 and consists of a 52-week fiscal year. References to “fiscal year 2013” or “fiscal 2013” refer to the period from February 3, 2013 to February 1, 2014 and consists of a 52-week fiscal year. References to “fiscal year 2012” or “fiscal 2012” refer to the period from January 29, 2012 to February 2, 2013 and consists of a 53-week fiscal year.

c) Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with a maturity date of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. Our cash equivalents consist of credit and debit card transactions and money market funds, which are classified as cash and cash equivalents in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The majority of payments due from banks for third-party credit card and debit card transactions resulting from customer purchases at the Company’s retail stores process within 24 to 48 hours, except for transactions occurring on a Friday, which are generally processed the following Monday. Amounts due from banks for these transactions classified as cash equivalents totaled $3.1 million and $2.3 million as of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, respectively. Book overdrafts, which are outstanding checks in excess of funds on deposit, are recorded within accounts payable in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and within operating activities in the accompanying consolidated statements of cash flows. As of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $63.2 million and $50.2 million. The Company’s cash accounts are primarily maintained with one financial institution.

(d) Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Assets and liabilities measured at fair value are classified using the following hierarchy, which is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation at the measurement date:

Level 1: Quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2: Inputs, other than Level 1, that are either directly or indirectly observable.

Level 3: Unobservable inputs developed using the Company’s estimates and assumptions which reflect those that market participants would use.

The classification of fair value measurements within the hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the measurement.

The Company’s financial instruments consist primarily of cash equivalents, accounts payable, and borrowings under a line of credit (as defined in note 3). The Company believes that: (1) the carrying value of cash equivalents and accounts payable are representative of their respective fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments; and (2) the carrying value of the borrowings under the line of credit approximates their fair value because the line of credit’s interest rates vary with market interest rates. As of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, the Company had cash equivalents of $43.1 million and $2.3 million, respectively. The Company’s cash equivalents consist of credit and debit card receivables and money market funds. Fair value for cash equivalents were determined based on Level 1 inputs.

(e) Inventories

Inventories consist of finished goods purchased for resale, including freight, and are stated at the lower of cost or market value, at the individual product level. Cost is determined on a weighted average cost method which approximates a FIFO (first-in, first-out) basis due to the nature of the Company's inventory. Management of the Company reviews inventory levels in order to identify slow-moving merchandise and uses markdowns to clear merchandise. Inventory cost is reduced when the selling price less costs of disposal is below cost. The Company accrues an estimate for inventory shrink for the period between the last physical count and the balance sheet date. The shrink estimate can be affected by changes in merchandise mix and changes in actual shrink trends.

(f) Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Additions and improvements are capitalized, while repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred.

Depreciation and amortization is recorded using the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the assets or the terms of the respective leases, if applicable. The estimated useful lives are three to ten years for furniture and fixtures and computers and equipment. Store leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the useful life or the lease term plus assumed extensions, which is generally 10 years. Depreciation and amortization expense for property and equipment, which is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, was $17.2 million, $13.5 million and $9.6 million in fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, respectively.

Property and equipment, net, consists of the following (in thousands):

	January 31, 2015			February 1, 2014
Furniture and fixtures	$	54,933		$	44,112
Leasehold improvements	64,109			51,736
Computers and equipment	20,017			15,903
Construction in process	7,324			2,627
Property and equipment, gross	146,383			114,378
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization	(59,385		)	(43,997		)
Property and equipment, net	$	86,998		$	70,381

(g) Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets, such as property and equipment, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, then an impairment charge is recognized by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. Based on its Company's most recent analysis, management believes that no impairment of long-lived assets exists as of January 31, 2015.

(h) Deferred Financing Costs

Deferred financing costs (note 3) are amortized to interest expense over the term of the related credit agreement. Amortization expense in fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012 was $24.7 thousand, $0.3 million and $0.5 million, respectively. In connection with the repayments of the $100.0 million term loan facility in the amounts of $19.5 million, $15.0 million and $65.5 million in fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, respectively, we wrote-off approximately $0.2 million, $0.3 million and $1.6 million of deferred financing costs in fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, respectively, which is included in loss on debt extinguishment in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Leases

The Company leases store locations, distribution centers, and equipment used in its operations and evaluates and classifies its leases as operating or capital leases for financial reporting purposes. Any assets held under a capital lease are included in property and equipment, net. As of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, the Company had no material capital leases.

Operating lease expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the lease term. At the inception of a lease, the Company determines the lease term, which includes periods under the exercise of renewal options that are reasonably assured. Renewal options are exercised at the Company's sole discretion. The corporate headquarters is leased under a lease agreement expiring in 2022, with options to renew for two successive five-year periods. The distribution center located in New Castle, Delaware is leased under a lease agreement expiring in 2016 with options to renew for two successive five-year periods. The distribution center in Olive Branch, Mississippi is leased under a lease agreement expiring in 2022 with options to renew for three successive five-year periods. The new distribution center in Pedricktown, New Jersey is leased under a lease agreement which we expect to begin in fiscal 2015 and to expire in 2025 with options to renew for three successive five-year periods. Generally, the Company’s store leases have expected lease terms of ten years, which are comprised of an initial term of ten years or an initial term of five years and one assumed five-year extension, resulting in a ten-year life. The expected lease term is used to determine whether a lease is capital or operating and to calculate straight-line rent expense.

Substantially all of the Company's leases include options that allow the Company to renew or extend the lease term beyond the initial lease period, subject to terms and conditions agreed upon at the inception of the lease. Such terms and conditions include rental rates agreed upon at the inception of the lease that could represent below or above market rental rates later in the life of the lease, depending upon market conditions at the time of such renewal or extension. In addition, the Company's leases may include early termination options.

Deferred Rent and Other

Certain of the Company’s operating leases contain either rent holidays and/or predetermined fixed escalations of minimum rentals during the original and/or extended lease terms. For these leases, the Company recognizes the related rent expense on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease and records the difference between the amounts charged to operations and amounts paid as deferred rent. The life of the lease is the initial term plus assumed extensions. The Company also receives certain lease incentives in conjunction with entering into operating leases. These lease incentives are recorded as deferred rent at the beginning of the lease term and recognized as a reduction of rent expense over the lease term. In addition, certain of the Company’s leases contain future contingent increases in rents. Such increases in rent expense are recorded in the period in which such contingent increases to the rents take place.

The following table summarizes the Company's deferred rent and other long-term liabilities balances (in thousands):

	January 31, 2015		February 1, 2014
Current:
Deferred rent (1)	$	3,711	$	2,965
Total current liabilities	$	3,711	$	2,965
Long-term:
Deferred rent	$	40,122	$	35,198
Other	328		241
Total long-term liabilities	$	40,450	$	35,439

(1) The current portion of deferred rent is included in the other accrued expenses line item in the accompanying

consolidated balance sheets.

Share-based Compensation

The Company measures the cost of employee services received in exchange for share-based compensation based on the grant date fair value of the employee stock award. Incremental compensation costs arising from subsequent modifications of awards after the grant date must also be recognized. The Company recognizes compensation expense based on the estimated grant date fair value of restricted stock awards, and using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model for grants of stock options which are both recorded on a straight-line basis over the vesting period for the entire award. Share-based compensation cost recognized and included in expenses for fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, was $5.9 million, $10.1 million and $12.3 million, respectively. Fiscal 2012 was impacted by additional compensation expense of $5.4 million related to certain modifications of outstanding options (note 6).

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized at the point of sale. Returns are accepted under certain conditions within 14 days of purchase. Returns subsequent to the period end are immaterial; accordingly, no reserve has been recorded. Gift card sales to customers are initially recorded as liabilities and recognized as sales upon redemption for merchandise. Sales tax collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities are accounted for on a net basis and, therefore, excluded from sales in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued an accounting standards update that clarifies the principles for recognizing revenue from contracts with customers. The update outlines a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and supersedes most current revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance. The guidance is effective for the interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2016. The update allows for a “full retrospective” adoption, meaning the update is applied to all periods presented, or a “modified retrospective” adoption, meaning the update is applied only to the most current period presented in the financial statements. Early adoption is not permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the update will have on its financial position, results of operations, cash flows and financial statement disclosures.

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold reflects the direct costs of purchased merchandise and inbound freight, as well as store occupancy, distribution and buying expenses. Store occupancy costs include rent, common area maintenance, utilities and property taxes for all store locations. Distribution costs include costs for receiving, processing, warehousing and shipping of merchandise to or from the Company's distribution centers and between store locations. Buying costs include compensation expense for the Company's internal buying organization.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses include payroll and other compensation, marketing and advertising expense, depreciation and amortization expense, and other selling and administrative expenses.

Vendor Allowances

The Company receives various incentives in the form of allowances, free product and promotional funds from its vendors based on product purchases and advertising activities. The amounts received are subject to changes in market conditions, vendor marketing strategies and changes in the profitability or sell-through of the related merchandise for the Company. Merchandise allowances are recorded in cost of goods and recognized in the period the related merchandise is sold. Marketing allowances are recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses and are recognized in the period the related advertising occurs to the extent the allowance is a reimbursement that is specific and incremental, and identifiable costs have been incurred by the Company to sell the vendor’s products. To the extent these conditions are not met, these allowances are recorded as merchandise allowances.

Store Pre-Opening Costs

Costs incurred between completion of a new store location’s construction and its opening (pre-opening costs) are charged to expense as incurred. Pre-opening costs were $4.6 million, $4.3 million and $3.5 million in fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013, and fiscal 2012, respectively, and are recorded in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations based on the nature of the expense.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are charged to expense the first time the advertising takes place. Advertising expenses were $19.3 million, $15.6 million and $12.0 million in fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, respectively, and are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset-and-liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. The Company recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs.

The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce its deferred tax assets when uncertainty regarding their realizability exists. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment.

Commitments and Contingencies

Liabilities for loss contingencies arising from claims, assessments, litigation, fines and penalties, and other sources are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the assessment can be reasonably estimated. Legal costs incurred in connection with loss contingencies are expensed as incurred.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements requires management of the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include valuation allowances for inventories, income taxes and share-based compensation expense.

XML

Financing Transactions, Line of Credit and Note Payable (Notes Payable) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2015	Feb. 01, 2014	Feb. 02, 2013
Debt Disclosure [Abstract]
Repayment of notes payable	$ 0	$ 0	$ 50

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Cash and Cash Equivalents) (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2015	Feb. 01, 2014	Feb. 02, 2013	Jan. 28, 2012
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Cash Equivalents	3,100,000	$ 2,300,000
Cash and cash equivalents	63,186,000	$ 50,184,000	$ 56,081,000	$ 41,293,000
Minimum [Member]
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Debit and credit card transaction processing period (hours)	24 hours
Maximum [Member]
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Debit and credit card transaction processing period (hours)	48 hours

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Fiscal Year) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2015	Feb. 01, 2014	Feb. 02, 2013
Accounting Policies [Abstract]
Fiscal year period	364 days	364 days	371 days

XML

Income Taxes (Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jan. 31, 2015	Feb. 01, 2014
Deferred tax assets:
Inventories	$ 6,858	$ 5,430
Deferred revenue	189	142
Accrued bonus	915	194
Deferred rent	17,250	15,192
Other	2,512	1,665
Deferred tax assets	27,724	22,623
Deferred tax liabilities:
Property and equipment	(18,912)	(16,623)
Other	(931)	(1,182)
Deferred tax liabilities	(19,843)	(17,805)
Deferred tax assets (liabilities)	$ 7,881	$ 4,818

XML

Commitments and Contingencies (Narrative) (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended			2 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2015	Feb. 01, 2014	Feb. 02, 2013	Mar. 26, 2015 lease
Commitments and Contingencies [Line Items]
Lease renewal period, minimum (years)	5 years
Operating lease agreement extension term (years)	10 years
Operating lease agreement expiration period	2024
Rent expense	$ 53,600,000	$ 41,800,000	$ 32,800,000
Contingent rents	500,000	500,000	500,000
Operating Leases, Future Minimum Payments Due	539,611,000
Purchase commitments	2,900,000
Subsequent Event [Member]
Commitments and Contingencies [Line Items]
Number Of Leases				10
Average Lease Term Period				10 years
Operating Leases, Future Minimum Payments Due				24,200,000
Key Employees [Member]
Commitments and Contingencies [Line Items]
Maximum additional payments upon employee separation	$ 5,700,000

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Fair Value of Financial Instruments) (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Jan. 31, 2015	Feb. 01, 2014
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Cash equivalents	$ 3.1	$ 2.3
Fair Value, Inputs, Level 1 [Member]
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Cash equivalents	$ 43.1	$ 2.3

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Property and Equipment) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2015	Feb. 01, 2014	Feb. 02, 2013
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Depreciation and amortization expense	$ 17,202	$ 13,469	$ 9,599
Property and equipment, gross	146,383	114,378
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization	(59,385)	(43,997)
Property and equipment, net	86,998	70,381
Furniture and fixtures [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	54,933	44,112
Leasehold improvements [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Estimated useful lives	10 years
Property and equipment, gross	64,109	51,736
Computer and equipment [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	20,017	15,903
Construction in process [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	$ 7,324	$ 2,627
Minimum [Member] | Furniture and fixtures [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Estimated useful lives	3 years
Maximum [Member] | Furniture and fixtures [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Estimated useful lives	10 years

XML

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2015	Feb. 01, 2014	Feb. 02, 2013
Operating activities:
Net income	$ 48,024	$ 32,142	$ 20,025
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization	17,202	13,469	9,599
Gain on conversion of note payable	0	0	(200)
Loss on debt extinguishment	244	266	1,594
Loss on disposal of property and equipment	175	515	58
Amortization of deferred financing costs	25	251	455
Warrant expense related to professional service providers for services rendered	0	0	43
Share-based compensation expense	5,931	10,092	12,324
Deferred income tax (benefit) expense	(3,063)	(5,074)	3,812
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Prepaid income taxes	(442)	(1,461)	(36)
Inventories	(26,275)	(28,546)	(22,041)
Prepaid expenses and other assets	(2,936)	(3,597)	(4,133)
Accounts payable	3,060	4,083	3,369
Income taxes payable	8,435	(1,076)	(2,056)
Accrued salaries and wages	2,603	(1,532)	(5,050)
Deferred rent	5,669	8,384	7,723
Other accrued expenses	2,778	3,271	4,877
Net cash provided by operating activities	61,430	31,187	30,363
Investing activities:
Capital expenditures	(32,322)	(25,931)	(22,890)
Net cash used in investing activities	(32,322)	(25,931)	(22,890)
Financing activities:
Borrowing on note payable under Term Loan Facility	0	0	100,000
Repayment of note payable under Term Loan Facility	(19,500)	(15,000)	(65,500)
Proceeds from Lines of Credit	7,000	0	0
Repayments of Lines of Credit	(7,000)	0	0
Cash paid for debt financing costs	0	(40)	(2,751)
Repayment of other note payable	0	0	(50)
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock	179	148	73,198
Proceeds from exercise of warrants and options to purchase common stock	1,481	1,484	239
Payments for Repurchase of Common Stock	(314)	0	0
Repurchase of unvested restricted shares related to stock option exercises	(1)	(7)	(17)
Dividends paid to shareholders	0	0	(99,451)
Excess tax benefit related to restricted shares and exercise of stock options and warrants	2,049	2,262	1,647
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities	(16,106)	(11,153)	7,315
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	13,002	(5,897)	14,788
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year	50,184	56,081	41,293
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	63,186	50,184	56,081
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Interest paid	129	1,259	2,056
Income taxes paid	21,587	25,039	10,803
Capital Expenditures Incurred but Not yet Paid	$ (1,673)	$ (606)	$ (3,770)

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Deferred Financing Costs) (Details) (USD $)	0 Months Ended	12 Months Ended			0 Months Ended
	Jul. 24, 2012	Jan. 31, 2015	Feb. 01, 2014	Feb. 02, 2013	Oct. 26, 2012	Jul. 27, 2012	May 16, 2012
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Amortization of deferred financing costs		$ 25,000	$ 251,000	$ 455,000
Repayment of Term Loan Facility	65,300,000	19,500,000	15,000,000	65,500,000
Term Loan Facility [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Borrowing under term loan facility							100,000,000
Repayment of Term Loan Facility		19,500,000	15,000,000	65,500,000	300,000	65,300,000
Write off of deferred debt issuance cost		$ 200,000	$ 300,000	$ 1,600,000

XML

Income (Loss) Per Common Share (Narrative) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2015	Feb. 01, 2014
Employee Stock Option [Member]
Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share [Line Items]
Common stock not included in the computations of diluted earnings per share	593,773	388,197
Restricted Stock Units (RSUs) [Member]
Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share [Line Items]
Common stock not included in the computations of diluted earnings per share	3,930
Stock Compensation Plan [Member]
Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share [Line Items]
Common stock not included in the computations of diluted earnings per share		2,573,490

XML

Common Stock Options Activity Related to Restricted Stock Units (Details) (USD $) In Millions, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2015	Feb. 01, 2014
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Stock Repurchased and Retired During Period, Shares	314,000
Unrecognized compensation costs related to non-vested share-based compensation	$ 27.9
Unrecognized compensation costs related to nonvested share-based compensation, recognized period (years)	3 years 3 months 28 days
Restricted Stock Units (RSUs) [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Equity Instruments Other than Options, Nonvested, Number	147,770.00	0.00
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Equity Instruments Other than Options, Nonvested, Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value	$ 35.95	$ 0.00
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Equity Instruments Other than Options, Grants in Period	175,772
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Equity Instruments Other than Options, Grants in Period, Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value	$ 35.84
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Equity Instruments Other than Options, Vested in Period	(22,286)
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Equity Instruments Other than Options, Vested in Period, Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value	$ 34.40
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Equity Instruments Other than Options, Forfeited in Period	(5,716)
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Equity Instruments Other than Options, Forfeitures, Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value	$ 38.52
performance restricted stock units [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Equity Instruments Other than Options, Nonvested, Number	392,181.00	0.00
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Equity Instruments Other than Options, Nonvested, Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value	$ 38.20	$ 0.00
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Equity Instruments Other than Options, Grants in Period	396,055
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Equity Instruments Other than Options, Grants in Period, Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value	$ 38.20
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Equity Instruments Other than Options, Vested in Period	0
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Equity Instruments Other than Options, Vested in Period, Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value	$ 0.00
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Equity Instruments Other than Options, Forfeited in Period	(3,874)
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Equity Instruments Other than Options, Forfeitures, Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value	$ 38.71
Additional Paid-in Capital [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Stock Repurchased and Retired During Period, Shares	314,000
Treasury Stock [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Stock Repurchased and Retired During Period, Shares	9,173

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jan. 31, 2015	Feb. 01, 2014
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 63,186	$ 50,184
Inventories	115,652	89,377
Prepaid income taxes	1,939	1,497
Deferred income taxes	8,623	4,586
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	18,180	15,255
Total current assets	207,580	160,899
Property and equipment, net	86,998	70,381
Deferred income taxes	0	232
Other assets	284	542
Total assets	294,862	232,054
Current liabilities:
Line of credit	0	0
Current portion of note payable	0	19,500
Accounts payable	39,222	34,013
Income taxes payable	14,442	6,007
Accrued salaries and wages	5,275	2,672
Other accrued expenses	20,462	17,550
Total current liabilities	79,401	79,742
Deferred rent and other	40,450	35,439
Deferred income taxes	742	0
Total liabilities	120,593	115,181
Commitments and contingencies (note 4)
Shareholders’ equity:
Common stock, $0.01 par value. Authorized 120,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 54,420,228 and 54,190,724 shares, respectively.	544	542
Additional paid-in capital	293,992	284,622
Accumulated deficit	(120,267)	(168,291)
Total shareholders’ equity	174,269	116,873
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity (deficit)	$ 294,862	$ 232,054

XML

Commitments and Contingencies (Minimum Rental Commitments Under Operating Lease) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jan. 31, 2015
Operating Leased Assets [Line Items]
2014	$ 64,736
2015	65,344
2016	64,135
2017	62,984
2018	62,412
Thereafter	220,000
Total minimum rental commitments under operating lease agreements	539,611
Retail Stores [Member]
Operating Leased Assets [Line Items]
2014	57,985
2015	58,600
2016	57,532
2017	55,856
2018	54,664
Thereafter	182,805
Total minimum rental commitments under operating lease agreements	467,442
Corporate Office And Distribution Centers [Member]
Operating Leased Assets [Line Items]
2014	6,751
2015	6,744
2016	6,603
2017	7,128
2018	7,748
Thereafter	37,195
Total minimum rental commitments under operating lease agreements	$ 72,169

XML

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Convertible Preferred Stock and Shareholders' Equity (Deficit) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data	Total USD ($)	Common stock [Member] USD ($)	Additional Paid-in Capital [Member] USD ($)	Accumulated deficit [Member] USD ($)	Restricted Stock Units (RSUs) [Member]	Unrestricted stock [Member]	Treasury Stock [Member]	Series A 8% Convertible Preferred Stock [Member] USD ($)
Balance at Jan. 28, 2012	$ (129,759)	$ 162	$ 3,691	$ (133,612)				$ 191,855
Balance, common stock, shares at Jan. 28, 2012		16,248,797
Balance, preferred stock, shares at Jan. 28, 2012								89,291,773
Issuance of warrants to purchase common stock to professional service providers	43		43
Share-based compensation expense	12,142	20	12,122
Stock-based compensation expense (in shares)		2,027,678
Exercise of options and warrants to purchase common stock	239	1	238
Exercise of options and warrants to purchase common stock (in shares)		31,898
Vesting of restricted shares related to stock option exercises	802		802
Repurchase of unvested restricted shares related to stock option exercises	(3)		(3)
Repurchase of unvested restricted shares related to stock option exercises (in shares)		(30,221)
Conversion of preferred stock	(191,855)	(309)	(191,546)					(191,855)
Conversion of preferred stock (in shares)		(30,894,953)						(89,291,773)
Issuance of common stock (in shares)		4,807,692
Stock Issued During Period, Value, New Issues	73,198	48	73,150
Dividend paid to shareholders	(99,451)		(12,605)	(86,846)
Excess tax benefit	1,647		1,647
Net income	20,025			20,025
Balance at Feb. 02, 2013	70,744	540	270,637	(200,433)				0
Balance, common stock, shares at Feb. 02, 2013		53,980,797
Balance, preferred stock, shares at Feb. 02, 2013								0
Share-based compensation expense	9,854	0	9,854
Stock-based compensation expense (in shares)		10,069
Exercise of options and warrants to purchase common stock	1,484	2	1,482
Exercise of options and warrants to purchase common stock (in shares)		196,941
Vesting of restricted shares related to stock option exercises	239		239
Repurchase of unvested restricted shares related to stock option exercises	0		0
Repurchase of unvested restricted shares related to stock option exercises (in shares)		(648)
Excess tax benefit	2,262		2,262
Stock Issued During Period, Shares, Employee Stock Purchase Plans	148,000	3,565
Adjustments to Additional Paid in Capital, Share-based Compensation, Employee Stock Purchase Program, Requisite Service Period Recognition			148
Net income	32,142			32,142
Balance at Feb. 01, 2014	116,873	542	284,622	(168,291)
Balance, common stock, shares at Feb. 01, 2014	54,190,724	54,190,724
Share-based compensation expense	5,757		5,757
Stock-based compensation expense (in shares)		0
Exercise of options and warrants to purchase common stock	1,481	2	1,479
Exercise of options and warrants to purchase common stock (in shares)		207,809
Vesting of restricted shares related to stock option exercises	61		61
Repurchase of unvested restricted shares related to stock option exercises	(1)		(1)
Repurchase of unvested restricted shares related to stock option exercises (in shares)		(87)
Issuance of common stock (in shares)					22,286	4,324
Stock Issued During Period, Value, New Issues	160	0	160
Stock Repurchased and Retired During Period, Shares	(314,000)		(314,000)				(9,173)
Excess tax benefit	2,049		2,049
Stock Issued During Period, Shares, Employee Stock Purchase Plans	179,000	4,345
Adjustments to Additional Paid in Capital, Share-based Compensation, Employee Stock Purchase Program, Requisite Service Period Recognition			179
Net income	48,024
Balance at Jan. 31, 2015	$ 174,269	$ 544	$ 293,992	$ (120,267)
Balance, common stock, shares at Jan. 31, 2015	54,420,228	54,420,228

XML

Segment Reporting (Narrative) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2015 segment
Segment Reporting [Abstract]
Operating segment	1
Reportable segment	1

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Stock-based Compensation) (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	1 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2012	Jan. 31, 2015	Feb. 01, 2014	Feb. 02, 2013
Accounting Policies [Abstract]
Stock-based compensation expense		$ 5.9	$ 10.1	$ 12.3
Expenses on date of modification	$ 5.3	$ 5.4

XML

Commitments and Contingencies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2015

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

Minimum Rental Commitments Under Operating Lease

The Company’s minimum rental commitments under operating lease agreements, including assumed extensions, as of January 31, 2015, are as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal Year	Retail stores		Corporate office and distribution centers		Total
2015	$	57,985	$	6,751	$	64,736
2016	58,600		6,744		65,344
2017	57,532		6,603		64,135
2018	55,856		7,128		62,984
2019	54,664		7,748		62,412
Thereafter	182,805		37,195		220,000
	$	467,442	$	72,169	$	539,611

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Revenue Recognition) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2015
Accounting Policies [Abstract]
Period of sales return acceptance	14 days

XML

Income Taxes (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2015

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Components of Income Tax (Benefit) Expense

The components of the income tax expense are as follows (in thousands):

	Fiscal Year
	2014			2013			2012
Current:
Federal	$	28,480		$	21,718		$	8,127
State	3,218			3,172			2,130
	31,698			24,890			10,257
Deferred:
Federal	(2,544		)	(3,977		)	3,043
State	(519		)	(1,097		)	769
	(3,063		)	(5,074		)	3,812
Income tax expense	$	28,635		$	19,816		$	14,069

Reconciliation of Statutory Federal Income Tax Rate to Effective Income Tax Rate

The reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate to the Company’s effective income tax rate is as follows:

	Fiscal Year
	2014		2013		2012
Statutory federal tax rate	35.0	%	35.0	%	35.0	%
State taxes, net of federal benefit	2.2		2.6		5.5
Other	0.2		0.5		0.8
	37.4	%	38.1	%	41.3	%

Significant Components of Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to deferred tax assets and liabilities are (in thousands):

	January 31, 2015			February 1, 2014
Deferred tax assets:
Inventories	$	6,858		$	5,430
Deferred revenue	189			142
Accrued bonus	915			194
Deferred rent	17,250			15,192
Other	2,512			1,665
Deferred tax assets	27,724			22,623
Deferred tax liabilities:
Property and equipment	(18,912		)	(16,623		)
Other	(931		)	(1,182		)
Deferred tax liabilities	(19,843		)	(17,805		)
	$	7,881		$	4,818

XML

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Convertible Preferred Stock and Shareholders' Equity (Deficit) (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Feb. 02, 2013
Statement of Stockholders' Equity [Abstract]
Issuance of common stock, issuance costs	$ 8,533
Preferred stock dividend, percentage	8.00%

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Parenthetical) (USD $)	Jan. 31, 2015	Feb. 01, 2014
Statement of Financial Position [Abstract]
Common stock, par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Common stock, shares authorized	120,000,000	120,000,000
Common stock, shares issued	54,420,228	54,190,724
Common stock, shares outstanding	54,420,228	54,190,724

XML

Segment Reporting

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2015

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Segment Reporting

Segment Reporting

The Company evaluates performance internally and manages the business on the basis of one operating segment; therefore, it has only one reportable segment. All of the Company’s identifiable assets are located in the United States.

Set forth below is data for the following groups of products: leisure, fashion and home, and party and snack. The percentage of net sales represented by each product group for each of the last three fiscal years was as follows:

Sales by Product Group	Percentage of Net Sales
	Fiscal Year
	2014		2013		2012
Leisure	51.0	%	51.7	%	52.6	%
Fashion and home	29.3	%	29.3	%	30.3	%
Party and snack	19.7	%	19.0	%	17.1	%
Total	100.0	%	100.0	%	100.0	%

Leisure includes items such as sporting goods, games, toys, tech, books, electronic accessories, and arts and crafts. Fashion and home includes items such as personal accessories, “attitude” t-shirts, beauty offerings, home goods and storage options. Party and snack includes items such as party and seasonal goods, greeting cards, candy and other snacks, and beverages.

XML

Document and Entity Information (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2015	Mar. 25, 2015	Aug. 01, 2014
Document and Entity Information [Abstract]
Document Type	10-K
Amendment Flag	false
Document Period End Date	Jan. 31, 2015
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2014
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Trading Symbol	FIVE
Entity Registrant Name	Five Below, Inc.
Entity Central Index Key	0001177609
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--01-31
Entity Filer Category	Large Accelerated Filer
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		54,421,296
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	Yes
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Public Float			$ 1,657,136,309

XML

Quarterly Results of Operations and Seasonality (Unaudited)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2015

Quarterly Financial Information Disclosure [Abstract]

Quarterly Results of Operations and Seasonality

Quarterly Results of Operations and Seasonality (Unaudited)

Quarterly financial results for fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013 were as follows: (in thousands except for per share data).

	Fiscal Year 2014 (1)								Fiscal Year 2013 (1)
	Fourth Quarter		Third Quarter		Second Quarter		First Quarter		Fourth Quarter		Third Quarter		Second Quarter		First Quarter
Net sales	$	263,756	$	137,979	$	152,479	$	126,004	$	211,964	$	110,747	$	117,087	$	95,604
Gross profit	$	106,328	$	41,623	$	50,905	$	38,935	$	84,169	$	34,234	$	39,400	$	30,213
Net income	$	33,313	$	3,311	$	8,320	$	3,080	$	24,826	$	1,677	$	4,069	$	1,570
Basic income income per common share	$	0.61	$	0.06	$	0.15	$	0.06	$	0.46	$	0.03	$	0.08	$	0.03
Diluted income income per common share	$	0.61	$	0.06	$	0.15	$	0.06	$	0.45	$	0.03	$	0.07	$	0.03

(1) The sum of the quarterly per share amounts may not equal per share amounts reported for the fiscal year due to rounding.

The Company's business is seasonal in nature and demand is generally the highest in the fourth fiscal quarter due to the fourth quarter holiday season and therefore, operating results for any fiscal quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for the full fiscal year. To prepare for the holiday season, the Company must order and keep in stock more merchandise than it carries during other parts of the year. The Company expects inventory levels, along with an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses, generally to reach their highest levels in the third and fourth fiscal quarters in anticipation of the increased net sales during the year-end holiday season. As a result of this seasonality, and generally because of variation in consumer spending habits, the Company experiences fluctuations in net sales and working capital requirements during the fiscal year.

XML

Consolidated Statements of Operations (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2015	Feb. 01, 2014	Feb. 02, 2013
Income Statement [Abstract]
Net sales	$ 680,218	$ 535,402	$ 418,825
Cost of goods sold	442,427	347,386	268,989
Gross profit	237,791	188,016	149,836
Selling, general and administrative expenses	160,775	134,279	112,182
Operating income	77,016	53,737	37,654
Interest expense, net	125	1,513	2,374
Loss on debt extinguishment	244	266	1,594
Other income	(12)	0	(408)
Income before income taxes	76,659	51,958	34,094
Income tax expense	28,635	19,816	14,069
Net income	48,024	32,142	20,025
Dividend paid to preferred and unvested restricted shareholders	0	0	(65,403)
Net income attributable to participating securities	(20)	(465)	0
Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders	$ 48,004	$ 31,677	$ (45,378)
Basic (loss) income per common share (dollars per share)	$ 0.89	$ 0.59	$ (1.28)
Diluted (loss) income per common share (dollars per share)	$ 0.88	$ 0.59	$ (1.28)
Dividends declared and paid per common share (dollars per share)	$ 0	$ 0	$ 2.02
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic shares	54,219,801	53,294,805	35,444,200
Diluted shares	54,573,855	53,741,860	35,444,200

XML

Commitments and Contingencies

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2015

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

Commitments And Contingencies

Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments

Leases

The Company leases property and equipment under non-cancelable operating leases. Certain retail store lease agreements provide for contingent rental payments if the store’s net sales exceed stated levels (percentage rents) and/or contain escalation clauses, which provide for increases in base rental for increases in future operating costs. Many of the Company’s leases provide for one or more renewal options for periods of five years. The Company’s operating lease agreements, including assumed extensions, which are generally those that take the lease to a ten-year term, expire through fiscal 2024.

The Company’s minimum rental commitments under operating lease agreements, including assumed extensions, as of January 31, 2015, are as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal Year	Retail stores		Corporate office and distribution centers		Total
2015	$	57,985	$	6,751	$	64,736
2016	58,600		6,744		65,344
2017	57,532		6,603		64,135
2018	55,856		7,128		62,984
2019	54,664		7,748		62,412
Thereafter	182,805		37,195		220,000
	$	467,442	$	72,169	$	539,611

Rent expense, including base and contingent rent under operating leases, was $53.6 million, $41.8 million and $32.8 million in fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, respectively. Contingent rents were $0.5 million, $0.5 million and $0.5 million in fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, respectively.

From February 1, 2015 to March 26, 2015, the Company committed to 10 new store leases with terms of 10 years that have future minimum lease payments of approximately $24.2 million.

Other contractual commitments

The Company has employment agreements with certain key employees that provide for, among other things, salary, bonus, severance, and change-in-control provisions. The severance and change of control provisions under these agreements provide for additional payments upon employee separation of up to approximately $5.7 million.

As of January 31, 2015, the Company has other purchase commitments of approximately $2.9 million consisting of purchase agreements for materials that will be used in the construction of new stores.

Contingencies

Legal Matters

From time to time, the Company is involved in certain legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. In management’s opinion, the outcome of such actions will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations. On January 9, 2015, a putative class action was filed against Five Below, Inc. and certain of the Company's current and former senior officers in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania, purportedly on behalf of a class of the Company's investors who purchased our publicly traded securities between June 5, 2014 and December 4, 2014. The complaint alleges violations of Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder in connection with various public statements made by the Company. In addition, on February 25, 2015, a shareholder derivative complaint was filed on behalf of Five Below, as nominal defendant, and asserting claims against certain of the Company's directors in the United States District Court for the District of Rhode Island. The complaint in this action alleges various violations of state law, including breach of fiduciary duties, arising from the alleged federal securities violations asserted in the securities class action. The Company intends to vigorously defend against these actions, which the Company believes to be without merit. The potential impact of these actions, which seek unspecified damages, attorneys’ fees and expenses, is uncertain.

XML

Financing Transactions, Line of Credit and Note Payable

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2015

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

Financing Transactions, Line of Credit and Note Payable

Financing Transactions and Line of Credit

Financing Transactions

On May 16, 2012, the Company entered into a $100.0 million term loan facility with Goldman Sachs Bank USA as administrative agent for a syndicate of lenders (the “Term Loan Facility”). The Company used the net proceeds from the Term Loan Facility and cash on hand to pay a dividend on all outstanding shares of the Company's common stock and Preferred Stock totaling $99.5 million. On the same day, the Company amended and restated its existing senior secured Revolving Credit Facility with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, which is defined below under “—Line of Credit.” The Company refers to the Term Loan Facility, the amendment and restatement of the Revolving Credit Facility and related transactions as the “Financing Transactions.” On June 12, 2013 in connection with the Restructuring, the Subsidiary acceded to the credit agreement and certain ancillary documents to the Company's Term Loan Facility as a guarantor of the Company's obligations thereunder.

In July 2012, the Company repaid $65.3 million of principal on the Term Loan Facility and $0.7 million of interest. In October 2012 and May 2013, the Company repaid $0.3 million and $15.0 million, respectively, of principal on the Term Loan Facility. In February 2014, the Company repaid the remaining principal balance outstanding under the Term Loan Facility of $19.5 million. As of January 31, 2015, there was no principal balance outstanding under the Term Loan Facility.

In connection with the $65.5 million, $15.0 million and $19.5 million of principal repayments on the Term Loan Facility in fiscal 2012, fiscal 2013, and fiscal 2014, respectively, approximately $1.6 million, $0.3 million and $0.2 million of the deferred financing costs were written off and included in loss on debt extinguishment in the consolidated statements of operations, respectively.

During fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012 the Company recorded $0.1 million, $1.5 million and 2.4 million, respectively, in interest expense, including amortization of deferred financing fees of $24.7 thousand, $0.3 million and $0.5 million, respectively.

The Company had approximately $0.1 million and $0.2 million of remaining deferred financing fees as of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, respectively.

Line of Credit

On August 18, 2006, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement (the "Loan and Security Agreement") with Wachovia Bank National Association (predecessor in interest to Wells Fargo Bank, National Association) that included a revolving line of credit with advances tied to a borrowing base. The Loan and Security Agreement was amended and/or restated several times, the latest on June 12, 2013 (as amended and restated, the "Revolving Credit Facility"), generally to extend the maturity date, increase maximum borrowings, adjust the applicable interest rates, permit the formation and capitalization of the Subsidiary, and make the Subsidiary a party to the Loan and Security Agreement as a guarantor of the Company's obligations, and modify certain definitions.

The Revolving Credit Facility allows maximum borrowings of $20.0 million with advances tied to a borrowing base and expires on the earliest to occur of (i) May 16, 2017 or (ii) upon the occurrence of an event of default. The Revolving Credit Facility may be increased to $30.0 million upon certain conditions. The Revolving Credit Facility includes a $5.0 million sub-limit for the issuance of letters of credit. The borrowing base is 90% of eligible credit card receivables plus 90% of the net recovery percentage of eligible inventory less established reserves. The Company incurred deferred financing costs of $50.0 thousand in May 2012 in connection with the Revolving Credit Facility and such costs are being amortized over the remaining term of the Revolving Credit Facility.

The Revolving Credit Facility provides for interest on borrowings, at the Company's option, at (a) a prime rate plus a margin of (i) 0.75%if excess availability is greater than or equal to 75%, (ii) 1.0% if excess availability is less than 75%but greater than or equal to 33% or (iii) 1.25%if excess availability is less than 33% or (b) a LIBOR-based rate plus a margin of (i) 1.75% if excess availability is greater than or equal to 75%, (ii)2.00% if excess availability is less than 75% but greater than or equal to 33% or (iii) 2.25% if excess availability is less than 33%. The Revolving Credit Facility further provides for a letter of credit fee equal to the LIBOR-based rate plus (i) 1.75% if excess availability is greater than or equal to 75%, (ii) 2.00%if excess availability is less than 75% but greater than or equal to 33% or (iii) 2.25% if excess availability is less than 33%. The Revolving Credit Facility also contains an unused credit facility fee of 0.375% per annum and is subject to a servicing fee of approximately $12.0 thousand per year.

The Revolving Credit Facility includes a covenant which requires the Company to maintain minimum excess collateral availability of no less than the greater of (i)10%of the then effective maximum credit and (ii)$3.0 million.

The Revolving Credit Facility also includes customary negative and affirmative covenants including, among others, limitations on the Company's ability to (i) incur additional debt; (ii) create liens; (iii) make certain investments, loans and advances; (iv) sell assets; (v) pay dividends or make distributions or other restricted payments; (vi) engage in mergers or consolidations; or (vii) change the Company's business.

Additionally, the Revolving Credit Facility is subject to payment upon the receipt of certain proceeds, including those from the sale of certain assets and is subject to an increase in the interest rate on borrowings and the letter of credit fee of 2.0% upon an event of default. Amounts under the Revolving Credit Facility may become due upon certain events of default including, among others, failure to comply with the Revolving Credit Facility’s covenants, bankruptcy, default on certain other indebtedness or a change in control.

During fiscal 2014, we borrowed approximately $7.0 million under our Revolving Credit Facility during the fourth quarter, which we repaid before the end of the quarter and incurred minimal interest. During fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, the Company had no borrowings or interest expense under the Revolving Credit Facility.

As of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, the Company had approximately $20.0 million available on the line of credit. As of February 2, 2013, the Company had approximately $20.0 million available on the line of credit of which $19.7 million was available and $0.3 million was issued but undrawn on an outstanding letter of credit obligation.

All obligations under the Revolving Credit Facility are secured by substantially all of the Company's assets and are guaranteed by the Subsidiary. As ofJanuary 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, the Company was in compliance with the covenants applicable to it under the Revolving Credit Facility.

XML

Common Stock Options (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2015

Disclosure of Compensation Related Costs, Share-based Payments [Abstract]

Schedule Of Stock Option Activity Under Plan

Stock option activity under the Plan was as follows:

	Options outstanding		Weighted average exercise price		Weighted average remaining contractual term
Balance as of January 28, 2012	2,627,955		6.47		9.0
Granted	687,416		14.96
Forfeited	(98,048	)	9.14
Cancelled (see note 5)	(2,020,620	)	6.30
Exercised	(8,886	)	4.12
Balance as of February 2, 2013 (1)	1,187,817		10.43		9.3
Granted	554,500		38.92
Forfeited	(205,456	)	20.23
Cancelled	(35,300	)	30.19
Exercised	(196,941	)	7.55
Balance as of February 1, 2014 (1)	1,304,620		20.90		8.5
Granted	253,973		36.18
Forfeited	(169,850	)	31.75
Cancelled	(20,000	)	39.41
Exercised	(207,809	)	7.11
Balance as of January 31, 2015 (1)	1,160,934		$	24.80	8.0
Exercisable as of January 31, 2015	387,586		$	10.74	7.0

(1) The weighted-average exercise price as of January 31, 2015, February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013, respectively, reflects the adjustment of $2.02 per share resulting from the dividend declared on May 15, 2012 as described above.

Schedule Of Fair Value Of Option Award Granted Weighted Average Assumptions

The fair value of each option award granted to employees including outside directors, is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:

	Fiscal Year
	2014		2013		2012
Expected volatility	47.9	%	50.0	%	50.0	%
Risk-free interest rate	1.9	%	1.4	%	1.3	%
Expected life of options	6.4 years		6.3 years		6.3 years
Expected dividend yield	—	%	—	%	—	%

Schedule of Share-based Compensation, Restricted Stock Units Award Activity [Table Text Block]

RSU and PSU activity under the plan was as follows:

	Restricted Stock Units				Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units
	Number		Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value		Number		Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value
Non-vested balance as of February 1, 2014	—		$	—	—		$	—
Granted	175,772		35.84		396,055		38.20
Vested	(22,286	)	34.40		—		—
Forfeited	(5,716	)	38.52		(3,874	)	38.71
Non-vested balance as of January 31, 2015	147,770		$	35.95	392,181		$	38.20

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2015

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Description of Business

Description of Business

Five Below, Inc. (collectively with its wholly owned subsidiary as the "Company") is a specialty value retailer offering merchandise targeted at the teen and pre-teen demographic. The Company offers an edited assortment of products, priced at $5 and below. The Company’s edited assortment of products includes select brands and licensed merchandise. The Company believes its merchandise is readily available, and that there are a number of potential vendors that could be utilized, if necessary, under approximately the same terms the Company is currently receiving; thus, it is not dependent on a single vendor or a group of vendors.

The Company is incorporated in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and, as of January 31, 2015, operated in 21 states that include Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Delaware, Maryland, Virginia, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, West Virginia, North Carolina, New York, Connecticut, Rhode Island, Ohio, Illinois, Indiana, Michigan, Missouri, Georgia, Texas, Tennessee and Maine. As of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, the Company operated 366 stores and 304 stores, respectively, each operating under the name “Five Below.”

On June 12, 2013, the Company completed an internal business restructuring pursuant to which the Company formed Five Below Merchandising, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary (the “Subsidiary”), and transferred to the Subsidiary assets, operations and employees related to the Company's merchandising operations (the “Restructuring”). Following the Restructuring, the Subsidiary purchases and sells to the Company certain goods for sale at the Company's retail locations, and the Company provides to the Subsidiary back office support, office space and other services, in each case, pursuant to agreements between the Company and the Subsidiary. The Company's consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Five Below, Inc. and the Subsidiary. All intercompany transactions and accounts are eliminated in the consolidation of the Company's and Subsidiary's financial statements.

Fiscal Year

Fiscal Year

The Company operates on a 52/53-week fiscal year ending on the Saturday closest to January 31. References to “fiscal year 2014” or “fiscal 2014” refer to the period from February 2, 2014 to January 31, 2015 and consists of a 52-week fiscal year. References to “fiscal year 2013” or “fiscal 2013” refer to the period from February 3, 2013 to February 1, 2014 and consists of a 52-week fiscal year. References to “fiscal year 2012” or “fiscal 2012” refer to the period from January 29, 2012 to February 2, 2013 and consists of a 53-week fiscal year.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with a maturity date of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. Our cash equivalents consist of credit and debit card transactions and money market funds, which are classified as cash and cash equivalents in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The majority of payments due from banks for third-party credit card and debit card transactions resulting from customer purchases at the Company’s retail stores process within 24 to 48 hours, except for transactions occurring on a Friday, which are generally processed the following Monday. Amounts due from banks for these transactions classified as cash equivalents totaled $3.1 million and $2.3 million as of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, respectively. Book overdrafts, which are outstanding checks in excess of funds on deposit, are recorded within accounts payable in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and within operating activities in the accompanying consolidated statements of cash flows. As of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $63.2 million and $50.2 million. The Company’s cash accounts are primarily maintained with one financial institution.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Assets and liabilities measured at fair value are classified using the following hierarchy, which is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation at the measurement date:

Level 1: Quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2: Inputs, other than Level 1, that are either directly or indirectly observable.

Level 3: Unobservable inputs developed using the Company’s estimates and assumptions which reflect those that market participants would use.

The classification of fair value measurements within the hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the measurement.

The Company’s financial instruments consist primarily of cash equivalents, accounts payable, and borrowings under a line of credit (as defined in note 3). The Company believes that: (1) the carrying value of cash equivalents and accounts payable are representative of their respective fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments; and (2) the carrying value of the borrowings under the line of credit approximates their fair value because the line of credit’s interest rates vary with market interest rates. As of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, the Company had cash equivalents of $43.1 million and $2.3 million, respectively. The Company’s cash equivalents consist of credit and debit card receivables and money market funds. Fair value for cash equivalents were determined based on Level 1 inputs.

Inventories

Inventories

Inventories consist of finished goods purchased for resale, including freight, and are stated at the lower of cost or market value, at the individual product level. Cost is determined on a weighted average cost method which approximates a FIFO (first-in, first-out) basis due to the nature of the Company's inventory. Management of the Company reviews inventory levels in order to identify slow-moving merchandise and uses markdowns to clear merchandise. Inventory cost is reduced when the selling price less costs of disposal is below cost. The Company accrues an estimate for inventory shrink for the period between the last physical count and the balance sheet date. The shrink estimate can be affected by changes in merchandise mix and changes in actual shrink trends.

Property and Equipment

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Additions and improvements are capitalized, while repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred.

Depreciation and amortization is recorded using the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the assets or the terms of the respective leases, if applicable. The estimated useful lives are three to ten years for furniture and fixtures and computers and equipment. Store leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the useful life or the lease term plus assumed extensions, which is generally 10 years. Depreciation and amortization expense for property and equipment, which is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, was $17.2 million, $13.5 million and $9.6 million in fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, respectively.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets, such as property and equipment, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, then an impairment charge is recognized by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. Based on its Company's most recent analysis, management believes that no impairment of long-lived assets exists as of January 31, 2015.

Deferred Financing Costs

Deferred Financing Costs

Deferred financing costs (note 3) are amortized to interest expense over the term of the related credit agreement.

Leases and Deferred Rent

Leases

The Company leases store locations, distribution centers, and equipment used in its operations and evaluates and classifies its leases as operating or capital leases for financial reporting purposes. Any assets held under a capital lease are included in property and equipment, net. As of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, the Company had no material capital leases.

Operating lease expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the lease term. At the inception of a lease, the Company determines the lease term, which includes periods under the exercise of renewal options that are reasonably assured. Renewal options are exercised at the Company's sole discretion. The corporate headquarters is leased under a lease agreement expiring in 2022, with options to renew for two successive five-year periods. The distribution center located in New Castle, Delaware is leased under a lease agreement expiring in 2016 with options to renew for two successive five-year periods. The distribution center in Olive Branch, Mississippi is leased under a lease agreement expiring in 2022 with options to renew for three successive five-year periods. The new distribution center in Pedricktown, New Jersey is leased under a lease agreement which we expect to begin in fiscal 2015 and to expire in 2025 with options to renew for three successive five-year periods. Generally, the Company’s store leases have expected lease terms of ten years, which are comprised of an initial term of ten years or an initial term of five years and one assumed five-year extension, resulting in a ten-year life. The expected lease term is used to determine whether a lease is capital or operating and to calculate straight-line rent expense.

Substantially all of the Company's leases include options that allow the Company to renew or extend the lease term beyond the initial lease period, subject to terms and conditions agreed upon at the inception of the lease. Such terms and conditions include rental rates agreed upon at the inception of the lease that could represent below or above market rental rates later in the life of the lease, depending upon market conditions at the time of such renewal or extension. In addition, the Company's leases may include early termination options.

Deferred Rent and Other

Certain of the Company’s operating leases contain either rent holidays and/or predetermined fixed escalations of minimum rentals during the original and/or extended lease terms. For these leases, the Company recognizes the related rent expense on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease and records the difference between the amounts charged to operations and amounts paid as deferred rent. The life of the lease is the initial term plus assumed extensions. The Company also receives certain lease incentives in conjunction with entering into operating leases. These lease incentives are recorded as deferred rent at the beginning of the lease term and recognized as a reduction of rent expense over the lease term. In addition, certain of the Company’s leases contain future contingent increases in rents. Such increases in rent expense are recorded in the period in which such contingent increases to the rents take place.

Stock-based Compensation

-based Compensation

The Company measures the cost of employee services received in exchange for share-based compensation based on the grant date fair value of the employee stock award. Incremental compensation costs arising from subsequent modifications of awards after the grant date must also be recognized. The Company recognizes compensation expense based on the estimated grant date fair value of restricted stock awards, and using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model for grants of stock options which are both recorded on a straight-line basis over the vesting period for the entire award. Share-based compensation cost recognized and included in expenses for fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, was $5.9 million, $10.1 million and $12.3 million, respectively. Fiscal 2012 was impacted by additional compensation expense of $5.4 million related to certain modifications of outstanding options (note 6).

Revenue Recognition

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized at the point of sale. Returns are accepted under certain conditions within 14 days of purchase. Returns subsequent to the period end are immaterial; accordingly, no reserve has been recorded. Gift card sales to customers are initially recorded as liabilities and recognized as sales upon redemption for merchandise. Sales tax collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities are accounted for on a net basis and, therefore, excluded from sales in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold reflects the direct costs of purchased merchandise and inbound freight, as well as store occupancy, distribution and buying expenses. Store occupancy costs include rent, common area maintenance, utilities and property taxes for all store locations. Distribution costs include costs for receiving, processing, warehousing and shipping of merchandise to or from the Company's distribution centers and between store locations. Buying costs include compensation expense for the Company's internal buying organization.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses include payroll and other compensation, marketing and advertising expense, depreciation and amortization expense, and other selling and administrative expenses.

Vendor Allowances

Vendor Allowances

The Company receives various incentives in the form of allowances, free product and promotional funds from its vendors based on product purchases and advertising activities. The amounts received are subject to changes in market conditions, vendor marketing strategies and changes in the profitability or sell-through of the related merchandise for the Company. Merchandise allowances are recorded in cost of goods and recognized in the period the related merchandise is sold. Marketing allowances are recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses and are recognized in the period the related advertising occurs to the extent the allowance is a reimbursement that is specific and incremental, and identifiable costs have been incurred by the Company to sell the vendor’s products. To the extent these conditions are not met, these allowances are recorded as merchandise allowances.

Store Pre-Opening Costs

Store Pre-Opening Costs

Costs incurred between completion of a new store location’s construction and its opening (pre-opening costs) are charged to expense as incurred. Pre-opening costs were $4.6 million, $4.3 million and $3.5 million in fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013, and fiscal 2012, respectively, and are recorded in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations based on the nature of the expense.

Advertising Costs

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are charged to expense the first time the advertising takes place. Advertising expenses were $19.3 million, $15.6 million and $12.0 million in fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, respectively, and are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Income Taxes

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset-and-liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. The Company recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs.

The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce its deferred tax assets when uncertainty regarding their realizability exists. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment.

Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments and Contingencies

Liabilities for loss contingencies arising from claims, assessments, litigation, fines and penalties, and other sources are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the assessment can be reasonably estimated. Legal costs incurred in connection with loss contingencies are expensed as incurred.

Use of Estimates

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements requires management of the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include valuation allowances for inventories, income taxes and share-based compensation expense.

XML

Income Taxes

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2015

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Income Taxes

Income Taxes

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon generation of future taxable income during the periods in which temporary differences representing net future deductible amounts become deductible.

As of January 31, 2015, no valuation allowance has been provided for net deferred tax assets as management believes that it is more likely than not that the Company will realize all deferred tax assets as of January 31, 2015.

The components of the income tax expense are as follows (in thousands):

	Fiscal Year
	2014			2013			2012
Current:
Federal	$	28,480		$	21,718		$	8,127
State	3,218			3,172			2,130
	31,698			24,890			10,257
Deferred:
Federal	(2,544		)	(3,977		)	3,043
State	(519		)	(1,097		)	769
	(3,063		)	(5,074		)	3,812
Income tax expense	$	28,635		$	19,816		$	14,069

The reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate to the Company’s effective income tax rate is as follows:

	Fiscal Year
	2014		2013		2012
Statutory federal tax rate	35.0	%	35.0	%	35.0	%
State taxes, net of federal benefit	2.2		2.6		5.5
Other	0.2		0.5		0.8
	37.4	%	38.1	%	41.3	%

The effective tax rate for fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013 was primarily impacted by changes in the mix of pretax income across state jurisdictions and the Company's operating entities as a result of the Restructuring. The effective tax rate for fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012 was primarily impacted by changes in the mix of pretax income across state jurisdictions and the Company's operating entities as a result of the Restructuring in fiscal 2013 and permanent book to tax differences related to fees paid for the secondary public offering in fiscal 2012.

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to deferred tax assets and liabilities are (in thousands):

	January 31, 2015			February 1, 2014
Deferred tax assets:
Inventories	$	6,858		$	5,430
Deferred revenue	189			142
Accrued bonus	915			194
Deferred rent	17,250			15,192
Other	2,512			1,665
Deferred tax assets	27,724			22,623
Deferred tax liabilities:
Property and equipment	(18,912		)	(16,623		)
Other	(931		)	(1,182		)
Deferred tax liabilities	(19,843		)	(17,805		)
	$	7,881		$	4,818

Total income taxes paid during fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013, and fiscal 2012 were $21.6 million, $25.0 million and $10.8 million, respectively.

The Company had no material accrual for uncertain tax positions or interest or penalties related to income taxes on the Company’s balance sheets as of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, and has not recognized any material uncertain tax positions or interest and/or penalties related to income taxes in the consolidated statements of operations for fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013, or fiscal 2012.

The Company files a federal income tax return as well as state tax returns. The Company’s U.S. federal income tax returns for the fiscal years ended January 30, 2011 and thereafter remain subject to examination by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”). State returns are filed in various state jurisdictions, as appropriate, with varying statutes of limitation and remain subject to examination for varying periods up to 3 to 4 years depending on the state.

XML

Segment Reporting (Percentage of Net Sales Represented by Each Product Group) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2015	Feb. 01, 2014	Feb. 02, 2013
Revenue from External Customer [Line Items]
Percentage of sales by product group (percent)	100.00%	100.00%	100.00%
Leisure [Member]
Revenue from External Customer [Line Items]
Percentage of sales by product group (percent)	51.00%	51.70%	52.60%
Fashion and home [Member]
Revenue from External Customer [Line Items]
Percentage of sales by product group (percent)	29.30%	29.30%	30.30%
Party and snack [Member]
Revenue from External Customer [Line Items]
Percentage of sales by product group (percent)	19.70%	19.00%	17.10%

XML

Shareholders' Equity (Deficit)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2015

Equity [Abstract]

Shareholders' Equity (Deficit)

Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit)

As of January 31, 2015, the Company is authorized to issue 120,000,000 shares of $0.01 par value common stock and 5,000,000 shares of $0.01 par value preferred stock. The holders of the common stock are entitled to one vote per share of common stock and are entitled to receive dividends if declared by the board of directors. The preferred stock may be issued from time to time in series as designated by the board of directors. The designations, powers, preferences, voting rights, privileges, options, conversion rights, and other special rights of the shares of each such series and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof shall be designated by the board of directors.

Preferred Stock

On October 14, 2010, the Company issued 89,291,773 shares of Series A 8% Convertible Preferred Stock for cash proceeds of $191.9 million, net of offering costs of $2.1 million.

The shares of Series A 8% Convertible Preferred Stock were entitled to receive cumulative dividends of 8% of their original issue price of $2.17 per share per year compounded annually and payable in cash when and if declared by the Company’s board of directors; however, the Company could not pay, unless otherwise consented to by the holders of Series A 8% Convertible Preferred Stock, any dividends on common stock unless an equal amount of dividends per share (on an as converted basis) was simultaneously paid to the holders of the Series A 8% Convertible Preferred Stock. Effective immediately prior to the closing of the Company's initial public offering (the "IPO") on July 24, 2012, all outstanding shares of Series A 8% Convertible Preferred Stock were converted into 30,894,953 shares of common stock and ceased to be entitled to the payment of any dividends that accrued on such shares as of the effective time of the conversion. The Series A 8% Convertible Preferred Stock was presented outside of shareholders’ equity since its redemption under certain circumstances was beyond the control of the Company’s management.

Common Stock

The Company and its shareholders have entered into an Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement and a Second

Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement, which provided for, among others, certain registration, information, first refusal, co-sale, observer, bring along and board of director voting rights. The Second Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement also provided for certain restrictions and obligations with respect to the stock of the Company held by the Company’s shareholders, including limits on the transfer of stock held by shareholders. The material provisions of the Second Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement were terminated in connection with the Company’s IPO. In addition, in connection with the IPO, the parties amended the agreement to terminate all rights except for certain registration rights, which requires the Company to register shares of our common stock held by certain shareholders in the event the Company registers for sale, either for the Company’s own account or for the account of others, shares of the Company’s common stock in certain offerings.

In March 2012, options to purchase 2,020,620 shares of common stock granted during fiscal 2010, including options to purchase 1,010,310 shares that were subject to time-based and performance-based vesting, were cancelled and an equal number of restricted shares were granted. One-third of the shares vested in March 2012, one-third of the shares vested in March 2013, and the remaining one-third vested in March 2014, which was the second anniversary of the grant.

In connection with the cancellation and grant, the Company recorded a total compensation expense of $17.4 million including $5.3 million which was recorded on the date of the modification and the remainder was recorded on a straight-line basis over the two-year vesting period.

On July 17, 2012, the Company amended its articles of incorporation to reflect a 0.3460-for-1 reverse stock split of its common stock. The amendment also changed the authorized shares of the Company’s common stock to 120,000,000 shares. Concurrent with the reverse stock split, the Company adjusted (i) the conversion price of its Series A 8% Convertible Preferred Stock, (ii) the number of shares subject to and the exercise price of its outstanding stock option awards under its equity incentive plan and (iii) the number of shares subject to and the exercise price of its outstanding warrants to equitably reflect the split. All common stock share and per-share data included in these consolidated financial statements give effect to the reverse stock split and the change in authorized shares and have been adjusted retroactively for all periods presented.

On July 24, 2012, the Company completed its IPO of 11,057,692 shares of common stock at a price of $17.00 per share. The common stock was listed on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “FIVE.” The shares sold in the IPO were registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), pursuant to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-180780), which was declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") on July 18, 2012. Of the 11,057,692 shares sold in the IPO, the Company issued 4,807,692 shares, and 6,250,000 shares were sold by selling shareholders, including 1,442,308 shares sold pursuant to the exercise in full of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. The Company did not receive any proceeds from shares sold by the selling shareholders. The Company received proceeds of approximately $73.2 million, net of approximately $8.5 million in underwriting discounts and legal, accounting and other fees incurred in connection with the IPO. Of the $73.2 million net proceeds received from the IPO, approximately $65.3 million and $0.7 million, respectively, were used to repay principal and interest under the Company's Term Loan Facility that existed as of the date of the IPO. The remaining net proceeds of the IPO were used for general corporate purposes, including working capital.

On September 27, 2012, the Company’s board of directors approved the Five Below, Inc. 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”), which remained subject to shareholder approval. The Company's shareholders approved the ESPP on May 30, 2013 at the Company's annual meeting of shareholders. The ESPP's effective date is retroactive to January 1, 2013 and is intended to be qualified as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. The number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance, which is subject to other limitations, is 500,000 shares. The ESPP allows eligible employees the opportunity to purchase, subject to limitations, shares of the Company’s common stock through payroll deductions at a discount of 10% of the fair market value of such shares on the purchase date. In fiscal 2013, the Company issued 3,565 shares of common stock under the ESPP resulting in proceeds of approximately $0.1 million and recorded share-based compensation expense of $13.5 thousand in connection with the ESPP related to the amount of the discount. In fiscal 2014, the Company issued 4,345 shares of common stock under the ESPP resulting in proceeds of approximately $0.2 million and recorded share-based compensation expense of $16.4 thousand in connection with the ESPP related to the amount of the discount.

On February 4, 2013, the Company completed a secondary public offering of 13,012,250 shares of common stock at a price of $35.65 per share. The shares sold in the secondary public offering were registered under the Securities Act, pursuant to the Company's registration statements on Form S-1 (File No. 333-186043 and File No. 333-186275), which were declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 29, 2013. All of the shares sold in the secondary public offering were sold by selling shareholders and the Company did not receive any proceeds. The Company incurred fees of approximately $1.0 million related to legal, accounting and other fees in connection with the secondary public offering, which are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations for fiscal 2012.

On July 1, 2013, the Company completed a secondary public offering of 6,900,000 shares of common stock at a price of $36.00 per share. The shares sold in the secondary public offering were registered under the Securities Act pursuant to the Company's registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-188578), which was declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 26, 2013. All of the shares sold in the secondary public offering were sold by selling shareholders and the Company did not receive any proceeds. The Company incurred fees of approximately $1.0 million related to legal, accounting and other fees in connection with the secondary public offering, which are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations for fiscal 2014.

On September 23, 2013, the Company completed a secondary public stock offering of 7,100,000 shares of common stock at a price of $46.65 per share. The shares sold in the secondary public offering were registered under the Securities Act pursuant to the Company's registration statement on Form S-3 (File 333-191210), which was declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 17, 2013. All of the shares sold in the secondary public offering were sold by selling shareholders, and the Company did not receive any proceeds. The selling shareholders agreed to bear all of the offering expenses related to legal, accounting and other fees in connection with the secondary public offering.

Dividends

On May 15, 2012, the Company declared and subsequently paid on May 16, 2012 a dividend of $2.02 per share on shares of common stock (including restricted shares) and on an as-converted basis on shares of Series A 8% Convertible Preferred Stock totaling approximately $99.5 million. Refer to note 6 for additional information regarding changes to outstanding stock options resulting from the dividend payment.

XML

Common Stock Options

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2015

Disclosure of Compensation Related Costs, Share-based Payments [Abstract]

Common Stock Options

Share-Based Compensation

Equity Incentive Plan

Effective July 26, 2002, the Company adopted the 2002 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) pursuant to which the Company’s board of directors may grant stock options, restricted shares and restricted stock units to officers, directors, key employees and professional service providers. The Plan, as amended, allows for the issuance of up to a total of 7,600,000 shares under the Plan. As of January 31, 2015, 4,031,938 stock options, restricted shares, or restricted stock units were available for grant.

On May 23, 2012, the Company’s board of directors, in accordance with the Plan’s documents, approved an equitable adjustment to all options outstanding on the date of the Company’s dividend declaration to reflect the dividend value received by the Company’s common and preferred shareholders. The exercise price of each outstanding option was reduced by $2.02. The adjustment did not result in additional compensation expense given the adjustment was required under the Plan’s documents and there was no increase in the fair value of the awards before and after payment of the dividend and adjustment of the awards.

Stock option activity under the Plan was as follows:

	Options outstanding		Weighted average exercise price		Weighted average remaining contractual term
Balance as of January 28, 2012	2,627,955		6.47		9.0
Granted	687,416		14.96
Forfeited	(98,048	)	9.14
Cancelled (see note 5)	(2,020,620	)	6.30
Exercised	(8,886	)	4.12
Balance as of February 2, 2013 (1)	1,187,817		10.43		9.3
Granted	554,500		38.92
Forfeited	(205,456	)	20.23
Cancelled	(35,300	)	30.19
Exercised	(196,941	)	7.55
Balance as of February 1, 2014 (1)	1,304,620		20.90		8.5
Granted	253,973		36.18
Forfeited	(169,850	)	31.75
Cancelled	(20,000	)	39.41
Exercised	(207,809	)	7.11
Balance as of January 31, 2015 (1)	1,160,934		$	24.80	8.0
Exercisable as of January 31, 2015	387,586		$	10.74	7.0

(1) The weighted-average exercise price as of January 31, 2015, February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013, respectively, reflects the adjustment of $2.02 per share resulting from the dividend declared on May 15, 2012 as described above.

Included in the options outstanding as of January 28, 2012 were options to purchase 1,010,310 shares of common stock, which vested incrementally only upon the achievement of certain performance targets including achieving targeted internal rates of return for the Company’s preferred shareholders or the Company achieving certain market capitalization levels subsequent to an initial public offering. In March 2012, options to purchase 2,020,620 shares of common stock granted during fiscal 2010, including the options that were to vest upon the achievement of performance targets, were cancelled and an equal number of restricted shares were granted (see note 5).

The fair value of each option award granted to employees including outside directors, is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:

	Fiscal Year
	2014		2013		2012
Expected volatility	47.9	%	50.0	%	50.0	%
Risk-free interest rate	1.9	%	1.4	%	1.3	%
Expected life of options	6.4 years		6.3 years		6.3 years
Expected dividend yield	—	%	—	%	—	%

The Company uses the simplified method to estimate the expected term of the option. The expected volatility incorporates historical and implied volatility of similar entities whose share prices are publicly available. The risk-free rate for the expected term of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.

The per-share weighted average grant-date fair value of stock options granted to employees in fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012 was $17.59, $18.90 and $7.42 respectively. The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012 was $7.0 million, $7.2 million and $0.2 million, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options exercisable and stock options outstanding as of January 31, 2015 was $8.8 million and $12.7 million, respectively. In fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, the Company received cash from the exercise of options of $1.5 million, $1.5 million, $36.0 thousand, respectively, and excess tax benefits from option exercises and restricted stock of $2.0 million, $2.3 million and $1.6 million, respectively. Upon option exercise, we issued new shares of common stock.

Restricted Stock Units and Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units

All restricted stock units ("RSU") and performance-based restricted stock units ("PSU") vest in accordance with vesting conditions set by the compensation committee of the Company’s board of directors. RSU's granted to date have vesting periods ranging from less than one year to five years from the date of grant. PSU's granted to date vest 100% at the end of a cumulative three year performance period, subject to satisfaction of the applicable performance goals established for the respective grant. The Company periodically assesses the probability of achievement of the performance criteria and adjusts the amount of compensation expense accordingly. Compensation is recognized over the vesting period and adjusted for the probability of achievement of the performance criteria.

RSU and PSU activity under the plan was as follows:

	Restricted Stock Units				Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units
	Number		Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value		Number		Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value
Non-vested balance as of February 1, 2014	—		$	—	—		$	—
Granted	175,772		35.84		396,055		38.20
Vested	(22,286	)	34.40		—		—
Forfeited	(5,716	)	38.52		(3,874	)	38.71
Non-vested balance as of January 31, 2015	147,770		$	35.95	392,181		$	38.20

In connection with the vesting of RSU's during the year ended January 31, 2015, we purchased and immediately retired 9,173 shares with an aggregate value of $0.3 million in satisfaction of minimum tax withholding obligations.

As of January 31, 2015, there was $27.9 million of total unrecognized compensation costs related to non-vested share-based compensation arrangements (including stock options, restricted stock units and performance-based restricted stock units) granted under the Plan. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average vesting period of 3.3 years.

XML

Employee Benefit Plan

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2015

Compensation and Retirement Disclosure [Abstract]

Employee Benefit Plan

Employee Benefit Plan

Effective February 1, 2007, the Company implemented the Five Below 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan for all employees who have at least 1 year of service, worked at least 1,000 hours, and are 21 years of age. Employees can contribute up to the maximum amount allowed under law. The Company may make discretionary matching and profit sharing contributions, which vest over a period of 5 years from each employee’s commencement of employment with the Company. During fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, the Company made discretionary contributions of $0.3 million, $0.2 million and $52.0 thousand, respectively.

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Deferred Rent) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jan. 31, 2015		Feb. 01, 2014
Current:
Deferred rent	$ 3,711	[1]	$ 2,965	[1]
Total current liabilities	3,711		2,965
Long-term:
Deferred rent	40,122		35,198
Other	328		241
Total long-term liabilities	$ 40,450		$ 35,439

[1] The current portion of deferred rent is included in the other accrued expenses line item in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

XML

Common Stock Options (Schedule Of Stock Option Activity Under Plan) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	0 Months Ended	1 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	May 16, 2012	Mar. 31, 2012	Jan. 31, 2015		Feb. 01, 2014		Feb. 02, 2013		Jan. 28, 2012
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Stock Option Maximum Term			10 years
Stock option vesting period			4 years
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Options, Outstanding [Roll Forward]
Options outstanding, Balance (shares)			1,304,620	[1]	1,187,817	[1]	2,627,955
Options outstanding, Granted (shares)			253,973		554,500		687,416
Options outstanding, Forfeited (shares)			(169,850)		(205,456)		(98,048)
Options outstanding, Cancelled (shares)		(2,020,620)	(20,000)		(35,300)		(2,020,620)
Options outstanding, Exercised (shares)			(207,809)		(196,941)		(8,886)
Options outstanding, Balance (shares)			1,160,934	[1]	1,304,620	[1]	1,187,817	[1]	2,627,955
Options outstanding, Exercisable (shares)			387,586
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Options, Outstanding, Weighted Average Exercise Price [Roll Forward]
Weighted average exercise price, Balance (dollars per share)			$ 20.90	[1]	$ 10.43	[1]	$ 6.47
Weighted average exercise price, Granted (dollars per share)			$ 36.18		$ 38.92		$ 14.96
Weighted average exercise price, Forfeited (dollars per share)			$ 31.75		$ 20.23		$ 9.14
Weighted average exercise price, Cancelled (dollars per share)			$ 39.41		$ 30.19		$ 6.30
Weighted average exercise price, Exercised (dollars per share)			$ 7.11		$ 7.55		$ 4.12
Weighted average exercise price, Balance (dollars per share)			$ 24.80	[1]	$ 20.90	[1]	$ 10.43	[1]	$ 6.47
Weighted average exercise price, Exercisable (dollars per share)			$ 10.74
Weighted average remaining contractual term			8 years	[1]	8 years 6 months 1 day	[1]	9 years 3 months 18 days	[1]	9 years
Weighted average remaining contractual term, Exercisable			7 years
Dividends declared per share (dollars per share)	$ 2.02
Excess tax benefit related to restricted shares and exercise of stock options and warrants			$ 2,049		$ 2,262		$ 1,647
Performance Based Vesting Schedule [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Options, Outstanding [Roll Forward]
Options outstanding, Cancelled (shares)		(1,010,310)					(1,010,310)

[1] The weighted-average exercise price as of January 31, 2015, February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013, respectively, reflects the adjustment of $2.02 per share resulting from the dividend declared on May 15, 2012 as described above.

XML

Income (Loss) Per Common Share (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2015

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

Computations Of Basic And Diluted Income (Loss) Per Share

The following table reconciles net income (loss) and the weighted average common shares outstanding used in the computations of basic and diluted income (loss) per common share (in thousands, except for share and per share data):

	Fiscal Year
	2014			2013			2012
Numerator:
Net income	$	48,024		$	32,142		$	20,025
Dividend paid to preferred shareholders	—			—			(62,504		)
Dividend paid to unvested restricted shareholders	—			—			(2,899		)
Net income attributable to participating securities	(20		)	(465		)	—
Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders	$	48,004		$	31,677		$	(45,378	)
Denominator:
Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic	54,219,801			53,294,805			35,444,200
Dilutive impact of options, restricted stock units, and employee stock purchase plan	354,054			447,055			—
Weighted average common shares outstanding - diluted	54,573,855			53,741,860			35,444,200
Per common share:
Basic income (loss) per common share	$	0.89		$	0.59		$	(1.28	)
Diluted income (loss) per common share	$	0.88		$	0.59		$	(1.28	)

XML

Quarterly Results of Operations and Seasonality (Unaudited) (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2015

Quarterly Financial Information Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of Quarterly Results of Operations

Quarterly financial results for fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013 were as follows: (in thousands except for per share data).

	Fiscal Year 2014 (1)								Fiscal Year 2013 (1)
	Fourth Quarter		Third Quarter		Second Quarter		First Quarter		Fourth Quarter		Third Quarter		Second Quarter		First Quarter
Net sales	$	263,756	$	137,979	$	152,479	$	126,004	$	211,964	$	110,747	$	117,087	$	95,604
Gross profit	$	106,328	$	41,623	$	50,905	$	38,935	$	84,169	$	34,234	$	39,400	$	30,213
Net income	$	33,313	$	3,311	$	8,320	$	3,080	$	24,826	$	1,677	$	4,069	$	1,570
Basic income income per common share	$	0.61	$	0.06	$	0.15	$	0.06	$	0.46	$	0.03	$	0.08	$	0.03
Diluted income income per common share	$	0.61	$	0.06	$	0.15	$	0.06	$	0.45	$	0.03	$	0.07	$	0.03

XML

Shareholders' Equity (Deficit) (Dividends) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	0 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	May 16, 2012	Jan. 31, 2015	Feb. 01, 2014	Feb. 02, 2013
Equity [Abstract]
Dividends date declared		May 15, 2012
Dividends date paid		May 16, 2012
Dividends declared and paid per common share (dollars per share)	$ 2.02	$ 0	$ 0	$ 2.02
Dividends	$ 99,500			$ 99,451

XML

Financing Transactions, Line of Credit and Note Payable (Financing Transactions) (Details) (USD $)	0 Months Ended		12 Months Ended			0 Months Ended
	Jul. 24, 2012	May 16, 2012	Jan. 31, 2015	Feb. 01, 2014	Feb. 02, 2013	Oct. 26, 2012	Jul. 27, 2012
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Dividends		$ 99,500,000			$ 99,451,000
Interest expense	700,000
Repayment of Term Loan Facility	65,300,000		19,500,000	15,000,000	65,500,000
Interest expense			125,000	1,513,000	2,374,000
Amortization of deferred financing costs			25,000	251,000	455,000
Term Loan Facility [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Borrowing under term loan facility		100,000,000
Interest expense							700,000
Repayment of Term Loan Facility			19,500,000	15,000,000	65,500,000	300,000	65,300,000
Write off of deferred debt issuance cost			200,000	300,000	1,600,000
Deferred financing costs			$ 100,000	$ 200,000

XML

Consolidated Statements of Operations (Parenthetical)	0 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Jul. 17, 2012	Feb. 02, 2013
Income Statement [Abstract]
Preferred stock dividend, percentage	8.00%	8.00%

XML

Income (Loss) Per Common Share

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2015

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

Income (Loss) Per Common Share

Income (Loss) Per Common Share

Basic income (loss) per common share amounts are calculated using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted income (loss) per common share amounts are calculated using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period and include the dilutive impact of preferred stock using the if-converted method and exercise of stock options and warrants as well as assumed lapse of restrictions on restricted stock awards and shares currently available for purchase under the Company's Employee Stock Purchase Plan, using the treasury stock method. Performance-based restricted stock units are considered contingently issuable shares for diluted income per common share purposes and the dilutive impact, if any, is not included in the weighted-average shares until the performance conditions are met.

The two-class method is used to calculate basic and diluted income (loss) per common share since the Company's preferred and certain restricted stock were participating securities. The two-class method is an earnings allocation formula that determines income per share for each class of common stock and participating security according to dividends declared (or accumulated) and participation rights in undistributed earnings. Under the two-class method, basic income (loss) per common share is computed by dividing net income (loss) attributable to common shares after allocation of income to participating securities by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Diluted income (loss) per common share is computed using the more dilutive of the two-class method or the if-converted method. In periods of net loss, no effect is given to participating securities since they do not contractually participate in the losses of the Company. The two-class method is the more dilutive method for fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012. As of January 31, 2015, the Company no longer has any outstanding participating securities.

The following table reconciles net income (loss) and the weighted average common shares outstanding used in the computations of basic and diluted income (loss) per common share (in thousands, except for share and per share data):

	Fiscal Year
	2014			2013			2012
Numerator:
Net income	$	48,024		$	32,142		$	20,025
Dividend paid to preferred shareholders	—			—			(62,504		)
Dividend paid to unvested restricted shareholders	—			—			(2,899		)
Net income attributable to participating securities	(20		)	(465		)	—
Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders	$	48,004		$	31,677		$	(45,378	)
Denominator:
Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic	54,219,801			53,294,805			35,444,200
Dilutive impact of options, restricted stock units, and employee stock purchase plan	354,054			447,055			—
Weighted average common shares outstanding - diluted	54,573,855			53,741,860			35,444,200
Per common share:
Basic income (loss) per common share	$	0.89		$	0.59		$	(1.28	)
Diluted income (loss) per common share	$	0.88		$	0.59		$	(1.28	)

For fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013, $20.0 thousand and $0.5 million respectively, of net income was attributable to participating securities, as the two-class method was more dilutive, and the remainder was attributable to common shareholders. For fiscal 2012, as the Company was in a net loss position after recognition of the payment of dividends, the net losses were solely attributable to common shareholders.

The effects of the assumed exercise of stock options outstanding as of January 31, 2015 for 593,773 shares of common stock were excluded from the fiscal 2014 calculation of diluted net income per share as their impact would have been anti-dilutive.

The effects of non-vested restricted stock units outstanding as of January 31, 2015 for 3,930 shares of common stock were excluded from the fiscal 2014 calculation of diluted net income per share as their impact would have been anti-dilutive.

The effects of the assumed exercise of stock options outstanding as of February 1, 2014 for 388,197 shares of common stock were excluded from the fiscal 2013 calculation of diluted net income per share as their impact would have been anti-dilutive.

The effects of the assumed exercise of the combined stock options and warrants and vesting of restricted share awards outstanding as of February 2, 2013 of 2,573,490, and the impact of shares to be issued under the Company's Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which is minor, were excluded from the fiscal 2012 calculation of diluted net loss as the effect would be anti-dilutive due to a net loss to common shareholders.

The aforementioned excluded shares do not reflect the impact of any incremental repurchases under the treasury stock method.

XML

Employee Benefit Plan (Details) (USD $)	0 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Feb. 01, 2007 H	Jan. 31, 2015	Feb. 01, 2014	Feb. 02, 2013
Compensation and Retirement Disclosure [Abstract]
Retirement Savings Plan, year of service required for eligibility	1 year
Retirement Savings Plan, hours of service required for eligibility	1,000
Retirement Savings Plan, years of age required for eligibility	21 years
Discretionary matching and profit sharing contributions, vesting period	5 years
Employer discretionary contribution amount		$ 300,000	$ 240,000	$ 52,000

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Description of Business) (Details) (USD $)	Jan. 31, 2015 Stores	Feb. 01, 2014 Stores
Accounting Policies [Abstract]
Products offering price, maximum price	$ 5
Number of States in which Entity Operates	21
Number of operated stores	366	304

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Advertising Costs) (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jan. 31, 2015	Feb. 01, 2014	Feb. 02, 2013
Accounting Policies [Abstract]
Advertising expenses	$ 19.3	$ 15.6	$ 12.0

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jan. 31, 2015

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net, consists of the following (in thousands):

	January 31, 2015			February 1, 2014
Furniture and fixtures	$	54,933		$	44,112
Leasehold improvements	64,109			51,736
Computers and equipment	20,017			15,903
Construction in process	7,324			2,627
Property and equipment, gross	146,383			114,378
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization	(59,385		)	(43,997		)
Property and equipment, net	$	86,998		$	70,381

Deferred Rent

The following table summarizes the Company's deferred rent and other long-term liabilities balances (in thousands):

	January 31, 2015		February 1, 2014
Current:
Deferred rent (1)	$	3,711	$	2,965
Total current liabilities	$	3,711	$	2,965
Long-term:
Deferred rent	$	40,122	$	35,198
Other	328		241
Total long-term liabilities	$	40,450	$	35,439

(1) The current portion of deferred rent is included in the other accrued expenses line item in the accompanying

consolidated balance sheets.